88243 I Tab II III Acknowledgements This report was prepared by a core team comprising Rob Swinkels (Task Team Leader), Manuela Sofia Stănculescu (Research Institute for the Quality of Life, Romanian Academy), Simona Anton, Bogdan Corad, Cătălina Iamandi-Cioinaru, Georgiana Neculau and Andreea Trocea (all from the Romanian Center for Economic Modeling), Titus Man and Ciprian Moldovan (Faculty of Geography, "Babes-Bolyai" University Cluj-Napoca), Bryan Koo (consultant). The report benefited from inp ut and advice from Florin Bădiță, Florin Botonogu, Sebastian Burduju, Aida Catană, Dragoș Ciortin, Corina Grigore, Sorin Ioniță, Adam Kullmann, Mihai Magheru, Cornelia Mihai, Kaori Oshima, Daniel Owen, Petri Rinne, Lea Tan, Nora Teller, Viviana Vasile. Lauri Scherer edited the report. Monica Lachner and Simona Anton took care of the translation Administrative support was provided by Victoria Bruce-Goga, Gohar Gregorian, Ama Esson, Monica Ion, and Cristina Zirimis. The team benefited from the support of many people. Elisabeth Huybens and Elisabetta Capannelli provided overall guidance. Enrica Chiozza, Ellen Hamilton, Dumitru Sandu, and Kenneth Simler offered peer review comments. Gabriel Friptu, Luiza Radu, and Steluța Jalia of the Managing Authority of the R egional Operational Program, Ministry of Regional Development and Public Administration, offered timely feedback and excellent collaboration. The National Institute of Statistics prepared the microdata of the Population and Housing Census 2011. The local authorities from 220 cities completed the questionnaire sent to them. Representatives of the Ministry of Labour, Family, Social Protection and Elderly, Ministry of Health, and Regional Development Agencies provided substantive comments on early versions of the report and concerns related to their area of responsibility. Dominique Be, Enrica Chiozza, Stephen Duffy, Septimia Dobrescu and Constantin Mihai of the European Commission and Marcel Ionescu-Heroiu and Mihai Magheru of the World Bank provided suggestions during the preparation process. We express our gratitude to all local stakeholders for their openness to share with us their views, judgments, stories, concerns for today, and hopes for tomorrow. These stakeholders include over 100 institutional representatives from municipalities, Regional Development Agencies, schools, nongovernmental organizations, media, private sector, and over 200 residents of the marginalized communities where field work was conducted. The findings, interpretations, and conclusions expressed in this report do not necessarily reflect the views and position of the Executive Directors of the World Bank, the European Union, or the government of Romania. IV List of Acronyms CLLD Community-led local development CPR Common Provision Regulation CSF Common Strategic Framework DG AGRI Directorate-General for Agriculture and Rural Development DG EMPLOI Directorate-General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion DG MARE Directorate-General for Maritime Affairs and Fisheries DG REGIO Directorate-General for Regional and Urban Policy EC European Commission EAFRD European Agricultural Fund for Rural Development EFF European Fisheries Fund EMFF European Maritime and Fisheries Fund ENRD European Network for Rural Development ERDF European Regional Development Fund ESF European Social Fund ESI European Structural and Investment Funds (EAFRD, EMFF, ERDF, ESF and Cohesion Fund) ETC European Territorial Cooperation EU European Union GoR Government of Romania GUP General Urban Plan IB Intermediate Body ICT Information and Communication Technology ITI Integrated Territorial Investment JMC Joint Monitoring Committee LAG Local Action Group LDS Local Development Strategy that includes a chapter on the Local Integration Strategy for one or more urban marginalized area LEADER Liaisons Entre Actions de Développement de l’Economie Rurale, Priority Axis under the National Rural Development Program LIS Local Integration Strategy for one or more urban marginalized area included as a chapter of the Local Development Strategy MA Managing Authority MARD Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development MEF Ministry of European Funds MRDPA Ministry of Regional Development and Public Administration MGI Minimum Guaranteed Income MLFSPE Ministry of Labor, Family, Social Protection and Elderly MoH Ministry of Health MS Member State(s) NGO Nongovernmental organization NIS National Institute of Statistics NRDP National Rural Development Program, Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development PA Paying Authority RDA Regional Development Agency ROP Regional Operational Program RSDF Romanian Social Development Fund SOP HRD Sectoral Operational Program Human Resource Development, Ministry of Labor, Family, Social Protection and the Elderly V Table of Contents Acknowledgements ................................................................................................................. III List of Acronyms..................................................................................................................... IV Table of Contents .................................................................................................................... V Executive Summary ................................................................................................................... i A. Introduction ..................................................................................................................................... i B. The CLLD approach and its guiding principles ............................................................................... iii C. Overview of a Potential CLLD program in Romania ........................................................................ v D. Operationalizing CLLD in Romania ................................................................................................ vii E. Implementing the local integration strategies............................................................................. xvi F. Monitoring, evaluation and learning .......................................................................................... xviii 1 Introduction ..................................................................................................................... 1 1.1 Background .............................................................................................................................................. 1 1.2 The Integrated Intervention Tool (ITT) for the ROP 2014–2020.............................................................. 2 1.3 Methodology ........................................................................................................................................... 4 1.4 Audience .................................................................................................................................................. 5 1.5 Structure of the Report............................................................................................................................ 6 2 Community-Led Local Development .................................................................................. 7 2.1 LEADER, URBAN, and URBACT ................................................................................................................. 8 Lessons learned from the LEADER experience ........................................................................................ 10 URBAN and URBACT................................................................................................................................ 11 2.2 CLLD aims and principles ....................................................................................................................... 16 2.3 Key elements: the area, the partnership, and the strategy ................................................................... 17 2.4 The integrated approach for tackling residential segregation .............................................................. 24 3 The CLLD Framework in Romania .................................................................................... 26 3.1 Identifying the objectives ...................................................................................................................... 26 3.2 Definition of urban marginalized areas ................................................................................................. 29 3.3 Current interventions in urban marginalized areas and lessons learned .............................................. 29 3.4 The geography of community-led local development ........................................................................... 33 VI 3.5 Potential applicants ............................................................................................................................... 38 3.6 Funding CLLD in Romania ...................................................................................................................... 39 3.7 Coordination between funds ................................................................................................................. 43 4 Operationalizing CLLD in urban areas in Romania ............................................................ 45 4.1 Implementation phases and timeline .................................................................................................... 45 4.2 Launch: raising awareness and putting in place the support structures ............................................... 47 Raising awareness and capacity building ................................................................................................ 47 Establish support structures and clarify procedures and division of roles ............................................. 48 4.3 Call for expression of interest ................................................................................................................ 52 4.4 Preparatory phase: establish LAGs and prepare LISs ............................................................................ 54 Main activities and funding of the preparatory phase............................................................................ 55 Mobilization of urban marginalized communities and facilitation ......................................................... 58 Setting up the Local Action Group (LAG) ................................................................................................ 64 The LAG platform and learning ............................................................................................................... 71 Preparing the call for proposals .............................................................................................................. 71 Preparation of the Local Integration Strategy (LIS) ................................................................................. 72 4.5 Selection of integration strategies and action plans ............................................................................. 78 5 Implementing the local integration strategies.................................................................. 89 5.1 Key elements for smooth implementation of local integration strategies ............................................ 89 5.2 Financing the implementation of Local Integration Strategies ............................................................. 90 5.3 Selection of projects .............................................................................................................................. 93 5.4 Mutual learning and exchange of good practices.................................................................................. 97 6 Monitoring and evaluation ........................................................................................... 100 6.1 Monitoring and Evaluation (M&E) in community led development projects ..................................... 100 6.2 M&E arrangements for CLLD in Romania ............................................................................................ 103 6.3 Community-based monitoring ............................................................................................................. 107 6.4 Impact evaluation ................................................................................................................................ 109 Annexes ............................................................................................................................... 114 Annex 1: Cities selected for field research and conceptual pilots ............................................................. 114 Annex 2: LEADER approach in Romania during 2007–2013 ...................................................................... 116 Annex 3: Distribution of cities by population size by region and county .................................................. 122 Annex 4: Analysis of sample budgets of Local Integration Strategies for different types of urban marginalized areas ..................................................................................................................................... 124 Annex 5: The World Bank’s approach: Community-driven development (CDD) ....................................... 141 Annex 6: A tool for participatory mapping—OpenStreetMaps ................................................................. 149 VII List of boxes, figures, and maps List of boxes Box 1a. Example of integrated approach to inclusion of vulnerable urban communities: Rotterdam………….11 Box 1b. Example of integrated approach to inclusion of vulnerable urban communities: Berlin………………….12 Box 2. Examples of good practice in tackling sociospatial segregation in Europe…………………………………………22 Box 3. The 11 thematic objectives of the Common Strategic Framework (Article 9)……………………………………24 Box 4. Actions relevant to CLLD for which the ESF can be used (among others)………………………………………….26 Box 5. The dominant models of urban interventions until now in Romania…………………………………………………29 Box 6. Lessons learned for future urban interventions………………………………………………………………………………..29 Box 7. The need for a minimum budget………………………………………………………………………………………………………38 Box 8. The mandatory minimum tasks of a LAG ………………………………………………………………………………………….49 Box 9. Model of expression of interest………………………………………………………………………………………………………..52 Box 10. Components of preparatory support according to EC guidance ......................................................... 54 Box 11. Types of community-building activities .............................................................................................. 58 Box 12. Principles for community mobilization ............................................................................................... 59 Box 13. Scope of work of facilitators in RSDF development projects .............................................................. 60 Box 14. Operational levels of the LAG—the General Assembly....................................................................... 64 Box 15. Decision-making process within LAG—the Steering Committee ........................................................ 65 Box 16. CLLD rules for organization and function of LAG Steering Committee ............................................... 66 Box 17. Operation of LAG—permanent LAG staff ........................................................................................... 67 Box 18. Criteria of eligibility for the call for proposals ..................................................................................... 80 Box 19. Selection criteria for local integration strategies: Example 1…………………………………………………………..83 Box 20. Selection criteria for local integration strategies: Example 2 ............................................................ .85 Box 21. Costs that are not eligible for financing .............................................................................................. 89 Box 22. State aid rules ..................................................................................................................................... 90 Box 23. Networking among cities: URBACT–the EU’s urban development network ....................................... 97 Box 24. Possible strategic communication interventions at different stages of the project cycle .................. 98 Box 25. Setting up targets and monitoring arrangements in a CLLD strategy ............................................... 103 Box 26. Example of quality control checklist ................................................................................................. 104 Box 27. Steps in conducting participatory community monitoring. …………………………………………………………..107 List of figures Figure A. Elaboration of local development strategies………………………………………………………………………………..xiii Figure B. Mechanisms for ensuring the coordination between Funds…………………………………………………………xvi Figure C. Proposed implementation phases and timeline for delivering CLLD in Romania 2014-2020……..…xvii Figure D. The process of LAG formation……………………………………………………………………………………………………..xxi Figure 1. The participatory democracy model supported by LEADER ............................................................... 9 Figure 2. Added value of CLLD.……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………14 Figure 3. Elaboration of local development strategies .................................................................................... 19 Figure 4. Possible targeted territory by a future LAG Brăila - Chiscani - Tichilești (Conceptual Pilot 5) .......... 34 Figure 5. Mechanisms for ensuring the coordination between Funds ............................................................ 41 Figure 6. Proposed implementation phases and timeline for delivering CLLD in Romania 2014 –2020 .......... 44 Figure 7. The process of LAG formation ........................................................................................................... 63 Figure 8. Example of a possible LAG Steering Committee (from Conceptual Pilot 1 with a total of 27 members) ......................................................................................................................................................... 65 Figure 9. Problem tree on unemployment ...................................................................................................... 74 Figure 10. Role of the five experts that will support the Joint Monitoring Committee within the overall CLLD process ............................................................................................................................................................. 78 VIII Figure 11. The life cycle of a development project .......................................................................................... 93 Figure 12. The results chain ........................................................................................................................... 101 Figure 13. General logical framework for community driven development……………………………………………….102 Figure A1. Comparison of the neighborhood in 2003 and 2013…………………………………………………………………151 Figure A2. Building footprint in 2003 in orange; building footprint in 2013 in black………………………………….152 Figure A3. OpenStreetMap made by the community members, with data reflecting large households and households with many children…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………156 Figure A4. The map of Lumea Nouă neighborhood, with the location of the closest pharmacy, kin dergarten, high school, and municipal hospital …………………………………………………………………………………………………………157 List of maps Map 1. Distribution of cities by population size and region (number) ............................................................ 32 Map 2. Distribution of cities by population size and county (number) ........................................................... 33 Map 3. Possibly targeted territory by a future Slobozia LAG (Conceptual Pilot 4) .......................................... 35 List of tables Table A. Estimated number of potential applicants to the CLLD axis…………………………………………………………..xiv Table 1. ERDF and ESF investment priorities that refer directly to CLLD ......................................................... 25 Table 2. ERDF and ESF investment priorities to which CLLD could contribute ................................................ 25 Table 3. Estimation of the potential number of applicants to the CLLD axis of ROP based on the attitude of mayoralties revealed by the survey on marginalized urban areas .................................................................. 36 Table 4. Estimated number of potential applicants to the CLLD axis .............................................................. 37 Table 5. Appropriate budget for local CLLD strategies: a maximum and a minimum scenario ....................... 39 Table 6. Estimation of the total budget needed for a proper implementation of 12 urban CLLD strategies including building capacity and raising awareness .......................................................................................... 40 Table 7. Main activities and responsible stakeholders during the preparatory phase .................................... 55 Table 8. Generic logframe for community led development: where to focus M&E……………………………………102 Table 9. Examples of outcome indicators ...................................................................................................... 106 Table A1. Selected cities for the qualitative assessment ............................................................................... 114 Table A2. Number of cities by region and population size (eligibility for CLLD) ............................................ 122 Table A3. Number of cities by county and population size (eligibility for CLLD) ........................................... 122 Table A4. Târgu Mureș city, Valea Rece—Improvised Shelters: Budget of the Local Integration Strategy, maximal scenario ........................................................................................................................................... 124 Table A5. Târgu Mureș city, Valea Rece—Improvised Shelters: Budget of the Local Integration Strategy, minimal scenario ............................................................................................................................................ 126 Table A6. Brăila city, Lacu Dulce—Chercea: Budget of the Local Integration Strategy, maximal scenario ... 128 Table A7. Brăila city, Lacu Dulce—Chercea: Budget of the Local Integration Strategy, minimal scenario .... 131 Table A8. Slobozia city, UGIRA and Zona 500: Budget of the Local Integration Strategy, maximal scenario 133 Table A9. Slobozia city, UGIRA and Zona 500: Budget of the Local Integration Strategy, minimal scenario. 135 Table A10. Brăila city, Historical Centre: Budget of the Local Integration Strategy, maximal scenario ........ 137 Table A11. Brăila city, Historical Centre: Budget of the Local Integration Strategy, minimal scenario ......... 139 i Executive Summary A. Introduction For the 2014-2020 programming period, the Government of Romania (GoR) is considering a new approach proposed by the European Commission (EC) – Community-led Local Development (CLLD). Through CLLD, empowered communities have the opportunity to directly shape and own the process of local development, during all stages of EU-funded interventions, from concept design through implementation. As of April 2014, the GoR has decided to “activate” the CLLD option, at least for part of the funds available through the 2014-2020 Regional Operational Program (ROP). The tentative allocation is significant – €100 million.1 In addition to the novelty of the approach and Romania’s relatively poor record on EU funds’ absorption, CLLD comes with a unique set of challenges, such as making sure that the process is truly inclusive, community-led, transparent and focused on peer to peer learning from good practices. Before making a final decision, the GoR should carefully weigh potential benefits and risks of CLLD versus other possibilities to include local communities in development processes. If Romania ultimately pursues CLLD, the critical task facing the government is to design an optimal implementation framework for the new approach – this is precisely the focus and scope of the current Integrated Intervention Tool (IIT). As such, this document seeks to be a practical handbook, primarily addressed to the GoR and, specifically, to the Managing Authority of the ROP (MA ROP), which will play a key role in the CLLD’s set-up and implementation. It is one component of a technical assistance activity that seeks to assist the government of Romania in the elaboration of integration strategies for poor areas and disadvantaged communities in the country. Two additional outputs were produced as part of this engagement:  The Atlas of Marginalized Areas in Romania presents a typology of urban disadvantaged areas and detailed maps of urban marginalized communities across Romania, based on both quantitative and qualitative research findings. 1 The first draft of the ROP programmatic document is available at: http://www.inforegio.ro/images/programare2014- 2020/document%20consultativ%20%20-%20POR_2014_2020_martie_2014.pdf (Romanian version) ii  Six conceptual pilots help ground the CLLD framework in very specific contexts in Romania, covering all types of urban marginalized communities for a total of six sites in three cities: Brăila, Târgu Mureș, and Slobozia. The pilots are based on simulated CLLD processes and can serve as examples for municipalities/NGOs that will be applying for EU funding of integrated interventions to address urban marginalization through the CLLD approach, during the 2014-2020 programming period. While this report focuses on the IIT and the overall CLLD implementation framework for Romania, the three products are complementary and meant to form a single package. In short, the Atlas helps define which urban areas are marginalized, who is included in these areas (i.e., the profile of various disadvantaged groups), and where they are located in Romania; the IIT presents the institutional instruments for delivering effective EU-financed interventions through the CLLD approach and why this is could be the optimal way for addressing the needs of marginalized communities and empowering them to act. Finally, the six pilots describe how the CLLD instrument could work in practice, given institutional constraints and the specific local contexts for the interventions. The preparation of this IIT entailed a number of steps, including extensive field work to define relevant subtypes of urban marginalized communities and to review past experiences with urban integration in Romania. First, the team defined an urban marginalized areas by drawing from earlier work on this topic in Romania. A set of variables in the 2011 Population and Housing Census was used to define a draft initial typology of urban marginalization based on a combination of criteria each linked to a set of indicators. Next, the team conducted qualitative field work in two distinct phases. The first stage (May–June 2013) covered ten cities and involved: (i) verifying the typology and identifying relevant subtypes of urban marginalized communities; and (ii) reviewing past efforts in Romania to address urban exclusion. The aim was to assess what has worked and what barriers still exist that prevent further progress in integrating marginalized urban communities in the specific local, regional, and national context in Romania. The ten cities were selected in close consultation with MRDPA officials. In a second phase, follow-up field work was conducted during October and November 2013 in six different types of marginalized areas in three cities: Brăila, Slobozia, and Târgu Mureş. The observations and recommendations of this IIT are based on this extensive research effort. In what follows, this summary covers multiple sections, in line with the key chapters of the main IIT report. It first reviews CLLD’s main features and best practice principles at the EU level. It then focuses on Romania, making some recommendations for where CLLD could apply and what it would require in terms of coordinating different sources of funding. The rest of the summary then covers the main six stages of operationalizing CLLD in Romania, as follows:  Launch: preparations through capacity building and information campaigns;  Call for expressions of interest regarding the potential submission of Local Integration Strategies (LISs); iii  Mobilization of the community for the establishment of Local Action Groups (LAG) and development of LIS by each LAG;  Selection of strategies to be financed;  Implementation of LISs approved for financing, including selection and implementation of individual projects under these strategies;  Phase-out activities and evaluation. B. The CLLD approach and its guiding principles EU Regulation 1303/2013 establishes the rules for facilitating and strengthening CLLD in the broader context of European Structural and Investment Funds (ESIF).2 This legislation encourages better coordination between ESIF funds, aiming for their integrated use. It also adopts a multisectoral approach with a territorial focus for designing and implementing local development strategies. CLLD focuses on specific subregional territories and is community-led through action groups composed of representatives of local public and private socioeconomic interests. It is based on the LEADER approach, which was designed to help rural actors realize the long-term potential of their communities. The LEADER program is the longest lasting and most successful of all the local and integrated territorial initiatives launched by the European Commission in the early nineties. It has been extended during each of the last four rounds of EU programming and now around 40 percent of the rural areas in the EU are covered by over 2,300 community-led partnerships. These partnerships have an average budget of around €3.9 million of total public funding each, which finances the design and implementation of an integrated local development strategy for their respective areas. The knowledge, energy, and resources that local actors bring to the implementation of a shared strategy are core characteristics of CLLD. The aim of the CLLD approach is to help disadvantaged communities take concrete steps toward their development in a manner that is smarter, more sustainable, and more inclusive, in line with the Europe 2020 Strategy. The CLLD approach seeks to apply innovative aims, tools, and methods to development projects. It emphasizes a variety of methods and practices without limiting itself to any single activity. The CLLD process emphasizes cost-efficient management and delivery to maximize the benefits of the bottom-up approach. CLLD also fosters cooperation between government and stakeholders to ensure effective results. Indeed, a key lesson of the 2 Regulation (EU) 1303/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of December 17, 2013 laying down common provisions on the European Regional Development Fund, the European Social Fund, the Cohesion Fund, the European Agricultural Fund for Rural Development, and the European Maritime and Fisheries Fund. iv LEADER approach is that the community-led approach is effective only if it develops trust among stakeholders and is supported by durable local structures with ample experience and expertise. It will be important to put in place processes that verify and sanction the quality of the participatory process and take action when the agenda is hijacked by powerful interest groups. Given the lack of experience with community led development approaches and the risk that the CLLD approach will be dominated by own agendas of weighty local stakeholders such as mayor’s offices, this will be key. It means ensuring there is adequate emphasis on monitoring by the marginalized community and the LAG where they track and discuss what was done, whether objectives are met and to take corrective action when needed. Secondly, sufficient attention should be given to learning and showcasing good practices that have worked well in terms of putting communities in the lead in decision making. In addition, the quality of local integration strategies approved for funding is of utmost importance for effective CLLD. A recent report on LEADER found that many LAGs had poorly developed strategies with nonspecific objectives, a lack of clear intervention logic, and poor or nonexistent provision for monitoring and evaluation (M&E).3 Building on this experience, the Common Provisions Regulations set out requirements for local integration strategies, as the quality of the strategy represents a major criterion for their selection for funding, management and control of implementation, and evaluation of results. The local integration strategies need to be aligned with the relevant programs of the CSF Funds through which they are supported (Figure A). Figure A. Elaboration of local integration strategies - Contribution to program objectives - Coherence and consistency with top-down or other strategies - Local needs identified through studies and SWOT - Bottom-up process Finally, another important CLLD principle is the need for effective integration – both as a goal of interventions and as a way of addressing complex, multifaceted issues. Past experience in Europe suggests that residential segregation should be avoided. Segregation implies that there is an overrepresentation of one group and an underrepresentation of one or more other groups in a certain space (or in schools, jobs, or public services). Many deprived neighborhoods have a bad reputation and their inhabitants can be discriminated against by both the general population and 3 European Court of Auditors, 2010. v local authorities. This is also the case in some Romanian cities. Claims of high petty crime rates have sometimes prompted national or local governments to remove people from problematic areas, without providing them with adequate assistance to settle in places where they can access quality social services. The resulting displacement has had high social and human costs. Too often neighborhood regeneration projects focus narrowly on upgrading buildings and infrastructure rather than addressing the broader causes of poverty and social exclusion. The resulting rising land values and house prices can force less affluent residents to relocate. An integrated approach to segregation implies that sectoral (people-based) and spatial (area-based) interventions should be combined to successfully tackle urban marginalization. Many problems affecting urban marginalized communities do not originate in the areas where they live, but result from broader societal factors, such as unemployment, lack of opportunity, poverty, and lack of participation in decision making. Tackling these problems is as important as fixing local level infrastructure. A multilevel intervention method is needed. C. Overview of a Potential CLLD program in Romania If pursued, CLLD in Romania should primarily focus on “urban marginalized areas” defined as areas that are affected by all three criteria of marginalization. They are thus characterized by low human capital, low employment, and poor housing conditions. These urban marginalized areas often consist of socially isolated and severely deprived poor areas within cities and towns in Romania and as such are not always well reflected in average poverty statistics at the locality or county level. These are often pockets of social exclusion. We propose that these urban marginalized areas are the most appropriate areas to be targeted by the urban community-led local development (CLLD) approach and program. Further details on the characteristics of urban marginalized areas and other disadvantaged areas are presented in the Atlas of Urban Marginalized Areas. As mentioned there, 3.2 percent of the urban population—or a little more than 340,000 people—live in these urban marginalized areas in Romania, spread over 263 cities and the capital, Bucharest. Urban marginalized areas, with their subtypes—including ghettos, slums, historical areas, and areas of modernized social housing—are the most affected by poverty and social exclusion and the most exposed to discrimination. All regions of Romania should be considered for CLLD implementation. Furthermore, the IIT recommends that CLLD in Romania focuses on urban marginalized areas in cities with 20,000+ inhabitants (94 cities in the country). Still, particularly for ghettos that have emerged in former worker colonies, there is a need to allow CLLD-partnerships that are led by urban groups but include rural stakeholders. This concerns areas situated in peri-urban areas of larger cities, next to former industrial areas. Based on our survey of mayor’s offices, the distribution of potential applicants by region is as presented in Table A below. vi Table A. Estimated number of potential applicants to the CLLD axis North- South- South- South- North- Bucharest- Urban West Centre East East Muntenia West West Ilfov Romania 19 9 14 9 17 20 25 5 118 Source: National Institute for Statistics, Population and Housing Census 2011 and MA ROP, Survey on urban marginalized areas within the cities from Romania, November 2013. The draft Romania Partnership Agreement 2014-2020 sets out CLLD in urban areas as a multi- fund priority axis and Romania has decided to use the opportunities encompassed in the CLLD guidelines to combine different EU funds. It proposes to use CLLD to implement integrated, multisectoral, area-based strategies for addressing urban marginalization that are drawn up by local partnerships. The estimated total European Regional Development Fund (ERDF) budget for CLLD is about €100 million. No information is yet available on the European Social Fund (ESF) budget allocated to CLLD. Setting a minimum budget for the local integration strategies will be important to prevent spreading resources too thinly. The team’s estimates based on the six conceptual pilots show that an integrated, multisectoral, area-based strategy for an urban marginalized area in Romania requires a target budget that varies between €6.3 and 10.6 million (in a “maximum scenario”) and between €4.1 to 7.5 million (in a “minimum scenario”). Out of the total budget, ERDF could cover a share of 60-80 percent, while ESF would fund the rest. With a total ERDF budget of €100 million complemented with, say, €50 million from ESF funding, Romania should be able to finance 17-18 local integration strategies during the 2014-2020 cycle. The coordination between funds and the management of jointly funded strategies should be based on clear institutional arrangements, as proposed in Figure B. At the national level, under the Ministry of European Funds (MEF), a Joint Monitoring Committee should be established to represent the two operational programs expected to finance CLLD interventions: the ROP, through its Managing Authority (MA ROP, under the MRDPA); and the Sectoral Operational Program for the Development of Human Resources (SOP HRD), through its own Managing Authority for (MA SOP HRD, under the MEF). This is to be established specifically for the CLLD program and is different from the already existing monitoring committees under ROP or SOP HRD. A technical secretariat should be attached to this committee to ensure the continuous monitoring of the whole program. The secretariat should become operational at the start of the program and should have a permanent staff of three specialists: two monitoring/ learning experts (one for the ROP, one for the SOP HRD), and a coordinator. vii Figure B. Mechanisms for ensuring coordination between Funds Joint Monitoring Committee (JMC) MA ROP - MRDPA MA SOP HRD - MEF (ERDF) Lead fund (ESF) Intermediate bodies (RDAs) LAGs Cities & urban marginalized areas This IIT also recommends that RDAs should play the role of joint ROP and SOP HRD Intermediate Bodies under the CLLD axis. The previous ROP experience indicates that RDAs can function effectively as Intermediate Bodies and are well placed to deliver support to applicants and beneficiaries on the ground.4 The communication and collaboration between the two Managing Authorities and the Intermediate Bodies (IBs) should balance control and sanctions versus partnership, support and learning. Legal and institutional ways for ensuring adequate separation of control and support mechanisms should be put in place.5 For CLLD interventions, the IBs’ major role would be to provide customized support to LAGs throughout the programming cycle (from the design of projects through the implementation and monitoring of the interventions, and sharing of good practices) and ensure that technical assistance is fully aligned with specific beneficiary needs and helps deliver the highest possible impact. This is even more important given that activities that aim at addressing the needs of urban marginalized communities face special challenges in accessing relevant information and ensuring smooth project implementation. D. Operationalizing CLLD in Romania Having considered what the CLLD approach implies and its scope and principles for application in Romania, this summary further turns to the various stages involved in setting up the CLLD instrument. Figure C presents the proposed timeline and main steps for implementation of a 4 See 2013 World Bank reports on “ROP 2.0: MA-IB Collaboration and Communication for the ROP 2014-2020” and “ROP 2.0: Facilitation of Proactive and Direct Support for Applicants and Beneficiaries of the ROP 2014-2020.” 5 Ibid. viii CLLD’s approach and program in Romania. This timeline is based on the lessons learned from LEADER in Romania (from 2007 to 2013) and the common provisions of the Guidance on CLLD, issued by the European Commission. In particular, establishing the local partnerships in the form of LAGs and drawing up the corresponding local integration strategies are crucial components of the CLLD approach. The timeline should project at least a two-year period before beginning the actual implementation of CLLD interventions. This two-year forecast is in line with the EC’s CLLD guidance. Figure C. Proposed implementation phases and timeline for delivering CLLD in Romania 2014- 2022 STEP 1: LAUNCH Put in place the support structures for delivering CLLD, develop joint capacity-building of July 2014 – December 2014 administration, and raise awareness STEP 2: EXPRESSION OF INTEREST Launch the call for expression of interest and January 2015 – June 2015 identify the future CLLD applicants Implement the preparatory phase for 100-115 STEP 3: PREPARE LIS applicants, including the establishment of LAGs and July 2015 – June 2016 the development of Local Integration Strategies (LIS) STEP 4: SELECTION Issue the call for proposals for CLLD strategies and evaluate and select 17-18 strategies (depending on July 2016 – December 2016 the total available budget) STEP 5: IMPLEMENTATION Selected beneficiaries implement the Local January 2017 – December 2020 Integration Strategies in urban marginalized areas STEP 6: PHASE OUT & EVALUATION Conduct phase out activities and evaluate the performance of the CLLD interventions January 2020 – December 2022 ix Step 1: Launching CLLD in Romania The first six months of the program should be dedicated to a nationwide information campaign about CLLD in urban areas, capacity building, and finalizing rules and procedures and the support structures for CLLD delivery. This effort should be led by the Managing Authorities (MA ROP and MA SOP HRD) and the joint Intermediate Bodies (RDAs through their dedicated CLLD staff), together with the Regional Councils for Development. The campaign should inform all stakeholders about the new financing opportunities for integration of such areas. Before actually launching the CLLD priority axis, the Managing Authorities should make sure central and regional levels strengthen their institutional capacity to implement CLLD. This includes the Joint Monitoring Committee, Managing Authorities, joint Intermediate Bodies (IBs), and Audit Authorities. Capacity-building efforts should be undertaken jointly by MA ROP and MA SOP HRD. Training could take into consideration the transfer of knowledge from experienced staff – involved in LEADER, URBACT (a network of cities and urban development specialists that is part of the EU URBAN Community Initiative), or other relevant ROP programs – to the staff hired for delivering CLLD in cities and other urban areas. Some of the training topics could include: community mobilization, participatory development and delegating responsibilities to communities, establishing partnerships (LAGs), the multisectoral and integrated approach, project management, best practices in third-party contracting and public procurement, transparency, peer-to-peer learning etc. These activities can be financed under the preparatory support of ESIF. Experience with the LEADER program during 2007-2013 has shown that in the pre-application phase it is critical to also build capacity at the regional level and not merely concentrating it at the central level. This report proposes a support structure of eight RDAs-IBs, each with two dedicated CLLD staff members, one with expertise in ERDF regulations and one well-versed in ESF procedures. Both should also have good knowledge of mobilization and activation (animation) of urban marginalized communities. Two dedicated CLLD staff for each RDA may seem oversized in relation to a proposed total of 17-18 CLLD strategies during 2014-2022. However, a much larger number of applicants (100 to 115) is expected, all of whom will need support in preparing their local integration strategies. To implement CLLD in the long run (beyond the 2014-2020 programming period), institutional capacity needs to be built at the regional and local levels, and the issue of urban marginalized areas needs to be brought to the public agenda. So, the proposed size of the support mechanism should be seen as an investment in the future. In addition, this report recommends the development of a streamlined process to enable single applications, documentation, and proof of use of funds under multiple funds. With compliance as the goal, harmonizing ERDF and ESF regulations is vital for making sure that the CLLD approach is both manageable and able to be delivered effectively at the local level. Given the administrative and bureaucratic burden faced by beneficiaries of EU funds throughout the 2007-2013 x programming period, this streamlining of the process would be very beneficial, particularly for newly established LAGs that will likely lack knowledge and capacity, at least in the beginning. Step 2: Call for Expression of Interest (EoI) After the awareness campaign is completed and the support structures have been put in place, a call for expression of interest should be launched. This could take place between January and June 2015. The MA ROP and the MA SOP HRD should issue the call jointly. The number of potential applications that will respond to the call for EoI can be roughly estimated between 100 and 115 eligible cities (Table A) and other urban areas distributed across all regions of the country. For 2014-2020, this report recommends that there will be only one LAG per city including all relevant local stakeholders, preferably also the mayor’s office. This limitation of one LAG per city is based on the low planning capacity at the local level, the limited human and financial resources, and the limited experience with participatory processes. In a subsequent phase of the CLLD’s implementation (2020-2027), this requirement may be dropped if results are satisfactory. Step 3: Preparatory Phase During the preparatory phase all applicants responding to the call for expression of interest should receive support for forming a LAG and developing a local integration (CLLD) strategy, as long as they meet the eligibility criteria. The Intermediate Bodies (RDAs, through their dedicated CLLD staff) will offer support to applicants for setting up LAGs and the preparation of their local integration strategies. This phase can last between six and twelve months, depending on the level of experience of the LAG. As most LAGs will have to be created from scratch, the preparatory phase is planned to last close to one year, from July 2015 to June 2016. At the end of this phase, once the LAGs have developed and submitted their strategies, final strategy selection takes place. The preparatory phase includes capacity-building to support strategy preparation. This is covered through preparatory financial support available through ESIF funds. Further capacity- building actions remain eligible throughout the implementation phase, but are then supported by the budget for running costs and animation. This report proposes to make available a grant of up to €100,000 to hire community mobilisers/ facilitators/ animators, conduct training and consultations among a range of stakeholders, establish the LAG, and prepare the local integration strategy. This grant will be available for each beneficiary body that responds to the call for EoI. According to the recommendation to designate ERDF as the lead fund, the MA ROP should compensate all running and animation costs for preparing and implementing the local CLLD strategies. The beneficiaries of preparatory support will most likely be local authorities of cities and other urban areas. xi A major component of the preparatory phase is training all actors involved in CLLD interventions. This should be focused on how to apply a program that is truly community-led (not just on paper) and how to promote learning across marginalized communities, LAGs and regions. Training should include (a) preparing community facilitators to act as coaches or mediators; (b) organizing sessions for local stakeholders on how to build partnerships and set up a LAG, including how a LAG designs a good Local Integration Strategy; (c) ensuring an efficient implementation of the Local Integration Strategy based on CLLD implementation rules; (d) preparing and managing the project-selection process once the Local Integration Strategy is selected for funding; (e) developing collaborative projects (projects combining different funds; and (f) monitoring and evaluation and peer-to-peer learning from best practices, including other selected innovative projects. The Romanian Social Development Fund, which has benefitted in the past from World Bank support, may be a valuable partner for implementing parts of this training, since it already has a pool of trained facilitators with a vast experience in establishing local-level, community- driven development projects across the country. CLLD-style urban development is not only for the people, but also with the people. Inhabitants of marginalized communities often consist of highly deprived groups who require continuous facilitation and coaching. This is important not only in the preparatory phase but also for the medium- and long-term. Traditionally, the mayors’ offices with their specialists and external experts make decisions for these communities, since they supposedly know what is best. However, the only way to have a sustainable impact on the lives of marginalized communities is to talk to them, listen to them, motivate them through incentives, and work with them and not just for them. Urban marginalized communities are often regarded as isolated islands of poverty (isolated in terms of space, but also socially and culturally). So, their mobilization requires not only actions within the community, but also a change in the way the other local stakeholders see those communities. This includes the mayor’s office, school teachers, civil society, employers, etc. Considerable efforts need to be made to ensure this happens, e.g. through trust building among stakeholders. The mobilization and inclusion of urban marginalized communities, as well as the establishment of a functional relationship with local authorities, require a specialized external facilitator, who will work together with the leaders of the communities located in the same territory. The quality of facilitation will be critical to success and facilitators need strong technical skills as well as abilities in empathy, trust, and communication. Community mobilization requires a detailed understanding of the community characteristics, its internal dynamics, of relations within the community, and of members’ needs; it also requires understanding the relationship with external stakeholders: neighboring communities, local authorities, local media, civil society, and the Church. The six Conceptual Pilots present such analyses for various types of marginalized areas. The facilitator can be a specialist, an NGO, or a company. During the LAG-forming stage, the facilitator will be selected on a competitive basis by the mayor’s office and representatives of civil society members of the LAG, in collaboration with the joint Intermediate Bodies (RDAs). The xii facilitator would then work permanently with the LAG staff to develop the LAG, along with the IBs experts dedicated to CLLD. The facilitation activities fall under the definition of animation, according to the CLLD guidance issued by the EC. The initiative to form a LAG belongs to the same organization that submitted an Expression of Interest. For CLLD to be truly community-led, intensive communication efforts and information exchange are needed with community members and other stakeholders. These should cover priorities, objectives, sequence of activities, desired impact, possible risks, etc., for the projects selected for funding. There should be full transparency in all phases and the community should be involved throughout, including in project preparation and the decision-making process. Five elements are key to a successful mobilization of marginalized communities, as follows: 1. mobilizing resource-people and leaders from the community; 2. involving an external facilitator (or coach or mediator); 3. carrying out community-building activities; 4. involving the media as an active and responsible partner; and 5. implementing community-based monitoring. Assuming trust-based cooperation is possible, LAG members collectively identify main features, problems, and potential of the selected urban marginalized area(s), based on a rigorous study. Beginning with the city strategy or the urban development plan, the LAG determines the specific main objectives and investment priorities for integrating the selected marginalized area(s) and addressing the social exclusion of its inhabitants, based on CLLD principles. The LAG also develops activities aimed at informing and mobilizing relevant local actors. Thus, the LAG could expand in the process and add representatives from the community and private sectors, as well as government and NGOs. The process of LAG formation is presented in Figure D. Figure D. The process of LAG formation Expression of interest Facilitation and support LAG formation Local authority Intermediate Body (RDAs) – Local authority – Public institutions – Private sector – Civil society - Private sector 1. LAG staff – Marginalized - Civil society community – Neighbouring - Marginalized area communities 2. Facilitator - Neighboring area(s) - Public institutions All inhabitants interested in the LAG functional area may participate in the LAG’s General Assembly (GA). These may include individuals, organizations, and representatives of local authorities or public institutions. The mayor’s office should appoint at least four individuals to the xiii GA. The private sector should also be involved, especially since the CLLD strategy normally includes efforts to create jobs and develop enterprises. Civil society should be represented by teachers from schools attended by children in the marginalized area, and by health mediators, doctors, nurses, representatives of the clergy, or other specialists in social development relevant for the area. The marginalized community should participate in the GA by means of members expressing interest.. The neighboring community or communities should also be encouraged to attend and participate. The Steering Committee (SC) is the LAG decision-making body for selecting projects to be funded. Working procedures and rules for project funding should observe the Strategy’s objectives and should avoid conflicts of interest. In concordance with European best practices, this report proposes that the LAG Steering Committee include 10-30 members,6 of which at least 51 percent of the votes on project selection must belong to the non-public sector. The LAG SC members should be elected by secret ballot. This report proposes that at least 20 percent of members should represent the marginalized community, including the neighboring functional area(s). It is important that the community selection of representatives of the urban marginalized community is based on a thorough community mobilization process led by the community facilitator. Other representatives of the marginalized community should include the leaders of the neighboring functional area(s). This report proposes that the beneficiary of the preparatory grant should, from the outset of the process, employ a team comprising 1-3 specialists for the LAG’s formation. During the preparatory phase, these LAG formation staff should be competitively selected by the mayor’s office, in cooperation with the joint Intermediate Bodies (RDAs). In this phase, the LAG administrative staff should inform and animate the community, ensure a community facilitator is hired that is trusted by both the marginalized community and the mayor, and collaborate with the RDAs' dedicated CLLD experts to build the LAG and to hold the first meeting of the GA that will appoint the SC. It is very important to establish a national network of LAGs that use networking and communication tools to share knowledge, best practices, and information about the program. Given the substantial risks that the CLLD process will not be sufficiently community-led and participatory and the novelty of establishing LAGs it is important to monitor the process. At the same time there should be room for innovative practices and when successful these should be widely shared to promote peer to peer learning in this respect. The experience with LEADER 2007- 2013 showed that this is essential for learning and mutual support. In addition, LEADER also teaches that, during the preparatory phase, it is critical to prepare a toolkit for applicants and publish that on the LAG platform. Advanced online platforms based on modern ICT systems are essential for knowledge exchange and learning across communities and LAGs. In addition to 6 The six Conceptual Pilots present possible compositions of the Steering Committee for various types of urban marginalized areas. xiv sharing good practices and toolkits, these should enable an exchange of questions and comments among marginalized communities and LAGs. The lessons learned from the LEADER program of 2007-2013 show that the quality of the local development strategies can be improved by providing a template at the outset of the preparation process and through technical assistance to LAGs in drafting the LIS . This template should make it clear that a real participatory process is needed to focus on area needs and resources, instead of proposals that are driven only by available funding and produced by external consultants or expert firms. This report recommends that a mechanism is put in place to monitor the participatory approach and check whether the process is sufficiently driven by marginalized communities. The CLLD experts in the RDAs would be well placed to do that. Another related lesson from LEADER is to enhance the quality of local partnerships by ensuring the active participation of the private sector and civil society partners (not only focusing on their “weight” within LAGs). It is important that mayors avoid playing a dominating role, which makes the recruitment and training of LAG staff critically important. There should be clear mechanisms for marginalized communities or other stakeholders themselves to launch complaints if they feel their voices are insufficiently heard and one powerful stakeholder is dominating the process. Having the RDAs monitoring the participatory process in the LAGs and within the marginalized communities will not be enough. Grievance redress mechanisms and ways to take corrective action will need to be defined before CLLD is launched. It is important to spell out what happens if the process goes astray, community involvement is weak and CLLD principles are no longer followed in a LAG. Once LAGs have been formed, they should prepare and submit the Local Integration Strategy (LIS) for marginalized communities. This should be consistent with the Local Development Strategy (LDS) of the city and should include (1) the results of a diagnostic study that identifies key barriers for inclusion of marginalized communities and present base line data for a set of key variables, (2) consultations with stakeholders including with the marginalized community, and (3) a concrete action plan with proposed interventions and a financial plan. The LIS should identify specific objectives that should align to the sectoral objectives of the LDS (or of the city strategy, if one exists). Thus, the LIS should reflect the application of the CLLD approach in the sense that interventions should be: community-led, multisectoral, and integrated; consistent and coordinated with existing strategies at the whole city level; and involving private and public partners. The Conceptual Pilots provide a more detailed outline of a LIS and examples of possible action plans for six different types of urban marginalized areas. The basis for designing the local integration strategy should be the diagnostic and baseline study on marginalized communities in the city. The LIS should also include a clear action plan, demonstrating how objectives are translated into concrete interventions, and a financial plan, to give an idea of the planned investments and financial management of each concerned fund. The action plan may be adapted during the course of the implementation, if necessary. xv Eligible activities may vary from ‘hard’ infrastructure investments in for example sanitation systems or housing upgrading (ERDF) to more ‘soft’ measures such as community building and special programs to help activate members of urban marginalized communities and prepare them for labor market integration (ESF). As a central point, in most urban marginalized areas multipurpose amenities (Community Resource Centers or any type of multifunctional centers) are expected to combine infrastructure with service delivery related to education, employment, community-building, Information and Communication Technology (ICT), etc. Collaborative projects of this kind, which combine different funds and partners, aim to strengthen horizontal integration of programs. Experience has shown that investments in ‘hard’ infrastructure often are only effective if combined with ‘soft’ measures such as training of social service providers (teachers, health mediators) or special programs to mobilize and prepare excluded groups for labor market activation or community activities. Step 4: Selection of Local Integration Strategies (LISs) After communities have been mobilized, LAGs formed, and Local Integration Strategies drafted through a participatory process that ensured ‘ownership’ of marginalized communities, the preparatory process is complete. The phase that follows is the selection phase, during which the LISs and the LAGs are assessed and selected. In the EC’s CLLD guidance, this stage is often referred to as the “call for proposals.” This report recommends selection procedures aligned with the proposals from the draft Partnership Agreement. The selection of the LISs for urban marginalized areas developed by the LAGs should be performed by a Common Selection Committee created under the Joint Monitoring Committee (JMC) in the Ministry of European Funds (MEF), with the participation of both MA ROP and MA SOP HRD. Although the actual selection will take place from July through December 2016, preparations for the selection process of the LISs should begin the moment the CLLD program is initiated. Decisions on resource allocation to LAGs should be made during the selection of the local integration strategies, based on applicants’ identification of needs corresponding to the different funds. As noted later, at the project level LAGs are in charge of selecting the interventions that will receive financing – obviously, pending approval from the relevant Managing Authority. This report proposes that, as part of the process of establishing support structures, Managing Authorities select a team of 4-6 experts to offer constant support to the Joint Monitoring Committee primarily for selection, monitoring, learning, evaluation, and impact-assessment activities. These consultants should have expertise and sound experience in local development, poverty and social inclusion, Roma integration, and urban regeneration. In addition, they would need strong knowledge of: monitoring and evaluation (M&E) methodology, establishing peer-to- peer learning networks, data analysis (both quantitative and qualitative), and participatory methods. xvi Ensuring that the LISs developed by the LAGs are of sufficient quality goes beyond sharing information about the preparation process and quality criteria. It requires constant support from the CLLD experts employed by each of the joint IBs (RDAs), who should also monitor the participatory nature of the preparation process and verify whether the process is sufficiently led by marginalized communities and whether the priorities expressed are the results of truly inclusive consultations with all stakeholders. Substantial efforts are needed at the MAs and IBs levels to ensure that a sufficient number of quality strategies will be prepared. The CLLD specialists should ensure that the strategy-preparation process takes the form of an ongoing dialogue between the IBs and the LAGs. The IBs will support the LAGs to strengthen their LISs and action plans, especially to prevent them becoming unrealistic and overambitious. Applicant assessment will be conducted by the team of experts appointed by the Managing Authorities. The IBs (RDAs) should perform an eligibility check based on criteria related to the three key components of CLLD: the local partnership, the strategy itself, and the area. This eligibility check applies to the LIS itself at this stage; later on, when specific LIS projects selected for funding are submitted, these projects will also undergo an individual eligibility and administrative conformity check. Only one LIS per city should be prepared. The selection process should be organized at the national level, given that about 17-18 LISs will be selected out of an estimated 115 applications. Strategies should compete against common CLLD standards, rather than against each other. E. Implementing the local integration strategies Step 5: Implementation of CLLD Strategies Once LISs are selected for financing, the LAGs proceed to the implementation phase. In this phase, LAGs whose LISs have been selected for funding identify, select, and propose projects for financing. The qualitative research conducted for this assignment identified a number of key elements for successful LIS implementation in Romania: making documentation available that is as simple as possible; creating easy-to-use applicant guides; preserving the (pre)financing rules and conditions during the entire project cycle; making advance payments available; including archiving costs among eligible costs; promptly providing reimbursement installments through reduced processing time for payment requests; providing permanent assistance and support by the IBs (RDAs’ dedicated CLLD staff); and establishing a resource center for NGOs implementing EU-funded projects or a cooperation mechanism between them and local authorities. When it comes to financing the interventions, the MAs should issue a list of clearly ineligible activities within the scope of each program. A number of LIS project costs are not eligible for a contribution from CSF Funds. For LIS projects that aim at financing from more than one fund (e.g., combined ERDF and ESF funds), drawing strict demarcation lines between the scope of intervention of ERDF and ESF should be avoided. However, a beneficiary should not be allowed to xvii claim a reimbursement for the same expenditure item from different funding sources. This rule should also be reflected in the monitoring system. An MA should not reject a project for support based on the argument that it also falls under the eligibility of the other fund, provided the project corresponds to the objectives of the fund, is coherent with the LIS, and complies with relevant legislation. Resource allocation to local LAG partnerships should be completed when the strategy is selected. The municipalities of the targeted territory should commit themselves to contributing 2 to 5 percent of the public funding received by the LAG from ERDF and ESF. In the implementation phase, support is available for LAG running costs and animation activities. It is strongly recommended that LAGs make use of the simplified cost options and MAs apply a system of advances for the running costs. During the implementation, the running and animation costs for each LIS should not exceed 25 percent of the total public expenditure incurred for this strategy (amount spent by a LAG).7 The proportion of the proposed project that is funded could vary according to the project type. Small community-building projects should preferably be granted 100 percent public support, while social, nonprofit development projects a maximum of 90 percent, and infrastructure investments a maximum of 85 percent. The grants to local entrepreneurs for business infrastructure development typically receive the least financial support. Regarding the selection of individual interventions, LAG project activities should be presented in the form of a Local Integration Action Plan (part of the Local Integration Strategy) that is designed for 4-5 year periods based on participatory planning techniques (forums, interactive workshops). It is the duty of LAG staff to inform, activate, and encourage local people to propose project ideas that can be part of the LIS action plan after adequate evaluation. A selected project is carried out in several distinct steps and begins with the identification of a problem or a clearly defined need. Then it is developed into a project plan including objectives, partners, calendar, and budget. Project applications are qualified or disqualified by the LAG Steering Committee (LAG SC). That none of the stakeholders or political, ideological, religious, or ethnic interest groups take over decision-making is crucially important. The ideal LAG SC members are not safeguarding the benefits of their own organization but bringing in local expertise; they have a wide knowledge of the region and an extensive network of contacts they can use in their decision making. The LAG submits a project it has approved to the IB (RDA), which performs the eligibility check. The RDA should then send it to the MA ROP and MA SOP HRD (as some projects can be financed simultaneously by different funds), after which the MAs issue formal approval, if all conditions are fulfilled. Ideally, after the project is submitted to the LAG, the LAG SC should communicate a decision to the applicant within a maximum of two months, the IBs and the MAs should provide the formal decision within a maximum of six months, and, if the response is positive, the 7 For more see Guidance on CLLD, European Commission, April 2013: 50-51. xviii beneficiary should get the funds within three months. In this way, implementation could start about one year after application. If approval and funding take more than a year or even several years, the value of the project (and of the CLLD approach) risks diminishing significantly. The private or public parties who apply to the LAG for funding will then carry out the selected projects. Depending on their past experience with EU funds and current capacity, applicants/ beneficiaries will require support to overcome hurdles specific to the implementation phase. Based on the track record to date, the most challenging issues likely to arise pertain to two key areas: (1) public procurement procedures: depending on the value of the contract, different provisions of the Government Emergency Ordinance 34/2006 have to be applied strictly and diligently; and (2) technical documentation for “hard” projects, where the quality of feasibility studies and detailed technical designs have a tremendous impact on how easy it is to implement the project on time. The LAG is responsible for monitoring implementation of projects aimed at achieving the objectives set in the LIS, with constant support and technical assistance from IBs. It is critically important to have efficient and a limited number of audits and not overburden beneficiaries with control systems that could go at the expense of their ability to focus on delivering results. As the CLLD strategies in Romania will be financed by both ERDF and ESF Funds, joint controls could be performed by the Audit Units established under the ROP and SOP HRD. Otherwise, further arrangements need to be introduced by which they can validate the results of each other’s work. As said, there should be clear mechanisms for marginalized communities or other stakeholders themselves to launch complaints if they feel their voices are insufficiently heard and powerful stakeholders are dominating the process. This also counts for the operationalization of the LIS and the selection and implementation of project interventions. Grievance redress mechanisms and ways to take corrective action will need to be defined before CLLD is launched. It is important to spell out what happens if the process goes astray, community involvement is weak and CLLD principles are no longer followed in a LAG. The RDAs should be given an important role in this respect. F. Monitoring, evaluation and learning Step 6: Monitoring, evaluation, and learning Lessons from the LEADER program showed that it is critical to have a strong M&E system and to conduct periodical assessments of LAGs’ performance. All actions related to CLLD interventions should be monitored and evaluated both in terms of effectiveness (the extent to which they reach their goals) and finance (disbursement). Indicators and targets should be set up front and agreed upon by all stakeholders. xix The JMC should develop a monitoring and evaluation plan that includes a set of key indicators and responsibilities for both the IBs and LAGs. A pool of experts selected by the MAs and endorsed by the IBs-RDAs should be formed to undertake this task. The JMC secretariat will centralize and analyze all data collected by LAGs and IBs. All data should be transmitted via electronic means. The JMC will manage evaluation of the program’s impact with the support provided by the pool of experts. The delivery mechanism plays a key role in determining the impact of CLLD. Consequently, the JMC will ensure that the delivery system’s efficiency is assessed during the life of the program. Quality control can be performed via direct visits and reporting, monitoring, inspecting, auditing, and evaluating activity implementation. Quality control over the implementation of all processes and activities could focus on capacity enhancement, finance, procurement and civil works. The six Conceptual Pilots provide examples of output indicators at the LIS level for different types of urban marginalized areas. At the national level, output indicators include items relevant to each concerned fund (ERDF and ESF). Outcome indicators should reflect how the lives of the residents in urban marginalized areas have changed in concrete terms. The indicators should link to the objectives and the results frameworks of the LIGs and the CLLD program as a whole. They should also link to the intervention logic. All local partners, including the marginalized community, should actively take part in the monitoring and evaluation activities. Community-based monitoring entails both public supervision of the way in which the project was implemented and is an efficient way to mobilize the community. Community members can identify errors, make suggestions for improvement, and offer feedback to project coordinators. In addition to increasing the efficiency of the decision- making process, monitoring also helps people be better informed and more aware of their rights as beneficiaries, citizens, and human beings. The impact evaluation will be conducted at LAG level and at national/CLLD program level. At the LAG level, the impact evaluation should be external—performed by a specialized company or consultants. The evaluation will measure the extent to which the objectives and targets established in the beginning of the strategy are reached. For this purpose, as said, a baseline study should be conducted at the start of the program or project. At the end of the program, the same study will be repeated and measure the same set of indicators, to see the extent to which the situation has improved and whether the objectives have been reached. The evaluation would measure indicators that link to the hierarchical results framework that is developed in each LIS and by each project. It should thus measure change at input, output, and outcome level, including behavioral change. The results indicators should be measured based on a representative household survey in the marginalized community. A population census could be used to validate some of the findings of the baseline survey. This report recommends the GoR to explore the option of conducting an impact evaluation of the selected LISs that will also include one or more comparison groups. At the CLLD program xx level, the impact evaluation could be based on two surveys conducted by specialists in January 2017 (after the selection of LAGs and LISs) and in January 2022, maximum two years after the end of the programming period, 2014–2022. This implies that a baseline survey should be conducted for the same set of indicators in both the marginalized community selected for the program and a similar community. After three or five years, the same survey can then be administered to both groups and any differences in changes observed between the two groups may then be attributed to the interventions. This way, external changes that affect the target groups but are not caused by the intervention (for example, caused by an improvement of the overall economic situation) are eliminated from the comparison. A control group could be selected from the rejected applications, along with the approved applicants. This evaluation method should ensure compared communities have similar characteristics. An alternative evaluation method could be applied if all successful applicants do not have access to the funds simultaneously. In that case, a group that receives support early on could be compared to those applications that are in the pipeline for support but will not have access to it at least a year. Both selected and control groups will be monitored throughout the project via surveys conducted at the middle and end of the project. In addition to the quantitative impact assessment, qualitative information should be collected at the end of the programme to identify reasons for good or poor performance, what worked best, and why. Last but not least, learning is an essential component of the M&E system. Learning and networking should be conducted continuously throughout the programme. As mentioned, the JMC secretariat will develop a LAG platform from the outset. In cooperation with the IBs (RDAs), and with support from the team of experts, it will also identify good practices by monitoring activities and documenting and disseminating them through an accessible online platform. Recommended practices cover various fields, such as area-based activities, sectoral activities, successful urban regeneration, sound financial management, transparency, conflicts of interest, and innovations. Initiatives should be taken to identify good practices early on and use these to promote community to community as well as LAG to LAG learning across the country. Stakeholders at different levels can benefit from tailored and targeted learning activities.  At the community level, learning is at the core of any community driven development program. World Bank experience has shown that this implies that community-level mobilization and capacity building should be emphasized from the start, using community- friendly training manuals for each of a series of key topics. As some success stories come up, community-to-community or LAG to LAG visits should be encouraged to motivate them and to give lower capacity communities an opportunity to see how other communities apply the CLLD approach and implement their subprojects, and learn from their innovative practices.  At the LAG level, training programs on monitoring, supervision, and transparency in community driven local development are important too. Such training programs hold an xxi important role in ensuring subprojects are being implemented under full transparency, inclusion (to make sure interventions are well targeted to solving the problems of marginalized communities) and with technical rigor (infrastructure quality etc).  At the national level, it is also important to get strong buy-in at the level of the national-level counterpart ministry/agency. Cross country exchange can help learn from good practices elsewhere. 1 1 Introduction 1.1 Background The Government of Romania (GoR) aims to enhance the preparation and implementation of projects financed from structural instruments by the European Union (EU). In January 2012, the GoR and the World Bank signed a Memorandum of Understanding on Partnership and Support in the Implementation of EU Cohesion and Structural Funds in Romania and the Modernization of Public Administration. As a result, five projects were agreed on with the then-Ministry of Regional Development and Tourism (MRDT), now the Ministry of Regional Development and Public Administration (MRDPA). These five projects included (1) Romania's urban development and spatial planning strategy; (2) growth poles policy review; (3) implementation of the Regional Operational Program (ROP) assessment, including a functional review of the communication and collaboration between the ROP’s Managing Authority (MA) and Intermediate Bodies (IBs) and the facilitation of proactive and direct support for program beneficiaries; (4) assistance for the identification of ROP project-selection models; and (5) the elaboration of integration strategies for poor areas and disadvantaged communities in Romania. The findings across all projects are meant to be complementary in nature and contribute directly to the design and implementation of the ROP in Romania, particularly for the 2014–2020 programming period. The current report represents part of the work on integrating poor areas and marginalized communities in Romania (project 5 above). Specifically, the bank’s technical assistance provided throughout this project focuses on three primary components: (1) a methodology for defining different types of urban disadvantaged communities based on a set of key criteria and indicators; (2) detailed maps that present the spatial distribution of these indicators and the corresponding types of marginalized communities; and (3) strategies for integrating these communities in the form of an “integrated intervention tool” and six “conceptual pilots.” Accordingly, the following three outputs were produced as part of this assignment: (1) First, the Integrated Intervention Tool (current report) serves as a practical handbook for how the GoR could design and implement in the Romanian context the new approach proposed by the European Commission for the 2014–2020 programming cycle—i.e., Community-led local development (CLLD). If Romania ultimately pursues CLLD, to address the challenges faced by urban marginalized communities around the country this tool will help design an optimal implementation framework for the new approach . This current report draws from, and is complementary to, the other two outputs produced under this technical assistance project, as described below. 2 (2) The Atlas of Marginalized Areas in Romania presents a typology of urban disadvantaged areas and detailed maps of urban marginalized communities across Romania, based on both quantitative and qualitative research findings. This is a tool to assist the MRDPA, municipalities, and NGOs in identifying and selecting those urban areas that require interventions to address marginalization and related challenges. Such actions could be financed from the 2014 –2020 ROP or from other sources of funding. The document also presents an analysis of the dimensions and scale of urban marginalization in Romania, based on 2011 population census data. (3) Six conceptual pilots help ground the CLLD framework in very specific contexts in Romania, covering all types of urban marginalized communities for a total of six sites in three cities: Brăila, Târgu Mureș, and Slobozia. The pilots are based on simulated community -led local development processes and can serve as examples for municipalities/ NGOs applying for EU funding of integrated interventions to address urban marginalization, using the CLLD approach. While this report focuses on the integrated intervention tool and the overall CLLD implementation framework for Romania, the three products are complementary and meant to form a single package. In short: The Atlas helps define which urban areas are marginalized, who is included in these areas (i.e., the profile of various disadvantaged groups), and where they are located in Romania. The Integrated Intervention Tool presents the institutional instruments for delivering effective EU-financed interventions through the CLLD approach and why this could a good way to address the needs of marginalized communities and empower them to act. Finally, the six pilots describe how the CLLD instrument can work in practice, given the broader institutional constraints and the very specific local context in which the intervention takes place. The next sections further describe the context for this handbook, explaining the reasons for developing it at this time, the main audiences of this work, and the structure of the rest of the report. 1.2 The Integrated Intervention Tool (ITT) for the ROP 2014–2020 As noted earlier, this Integrated Intervention Tool aims to propose an overall framework for the implementation of Community-led local development (CLLD) under the next Regional Operational Program (ROP), assuming Romania ultimately pursues CLLD. The next chapter provides an in-depth description of what CLLD is and how it should function in practice, but essentially the new approach seeks to achieve a higher degree of involvement and participation of local communities in EU-funded interventions. Empowered communities should directly shape and own the process of local development, in all stages of the project cycle. The CLLD aims to facilitate this process and deliver improved results on the ground through a more participatory and sustainable model. While final details on how the 2014–2020 ROP will be structured are still pending, CLLD is expected to be included under the Program as a separate Priority Axis. The first draft version of the ROP programmatic document suggests that the Program will continue to focus on a wide range of interventions in all eight development regions, spanning sectors like research and development, competitiveness of small and medium-sized enterprises, energy efficiency, sustainable transport systems, social infrastructure, and technical assistance.8 Under a separate CLLD axis, the ROP will also finance a variety of interventions as 8 ROP 2014-2020 draft document, January 2014. Available at: http://www.eufinantare.info/por.html. 3 determined by local communities. This confirms the importance of social inclusion, for both the Government of Romania and the European Commission, as a critical area of focus for investments financed by EU structural funds during the 2014–2020 programming period. The performance of CLLD implementation under the ROP in Romania should benefit from ROP’s good track record. The EU dedicated EUR 3.7 billion (19 percent of the EU cohesion and structural funds allocated to Romania during 2007-2013) to the ROP, making the ROP the third largest program after transportation (23.7 percent) and environment (23.5 percent). Because of its broad focus on regional development issues, the ROP addresses a wide-ranging set of needs at the level of each region, from urban development to transport infrastructure, social infrastructure, business development, and tourism. Accordingly, some projects are relatively small and easy to implement (e.g., purchasing equipment for a polystyrene producer), while others are large, complex infrastructure projects with cumbersome technical documentation and lengthy procedures. In spite of that, the ROP has been for much of the 2007 –2013 programming period the country’s top performing operational program, particularly when it comes to EC disbursements to Romania. At the end of January 2014, these stood at 44.8 percent and, according to a 2013 World Bank assessment of the ROP, the Program should face few obstacles in reaching close to 100 percent absorption by the end of 2015. On the other hand, although the ROP’s fundamentals are strong, the CLLD approach involves a multitude of new elements that require a significant effort up-front to ensure effective implementation from the very start. The instrument builds on the previous experience of the LEADER program, which has also relied on interventions by local groups of stakeholders. Chapter 2 discusses all these aspects in much greater detail, but for now it suffices to note the three main differences of the CLLD model compared to the “traditional” ROP approach to date. These are: (1) beneficiaries are not a single actor, but a partnership in the form of a Local Action Group, which brings together stakeholders from the public, private, and nonprofit arenas, with significant capacity constraints, low initial coherence, and little experience; (2) intervention areas do not necessarily or entirely overlap with established administrative units and may span a wider territory, with corresponding governance challenges; and (3) financing for interventions comes from multiple funds (e.g., the European Regional Development Fund, the European Social Fund, etc.), which requires new procedures all across the project cycle: design; application evaluation and selection; implementation; and monitoring and evaluation. In a context where average absorption targets are the lowest in the EU, the added complexity of the CLLD approach entails significant implementation risks, unless the new instrument is properly anchored in a coherent, functional, institutional framework. If, however, the CLLD is successfully implemented in Romania, it has the potential to transform the way in which EU-funded interventions are implemented, enabling stronger development impact that aligns with the needs of urban marginalized communities, and, importantly, empowering these communities to act while allowing them to share the benefits of truly inclusive growth. In addition to the novelty of the approach and Romania’s relatively poor record on EU funds’ absorption, CLLD comes with a unique set of challenges, such as making sure that the process is truly inclusive, community-led, transparent and focused on peer to peer learning from good practices. Before making a final decision, the GoR should carefully weigh potential benefits and risks of CLLD versus other possibilities to include local communities in development processes. To mitigate the risks and promote learning we recommend establishing a national network of LAGs that uses networking and communication tools to 4 share knowledge and best practices, in addition to information about the Program. This should help ensure that sufficient attention is given to peer learning of what approach has worked well in terms of putting communities in the lead in the decision making, and showcase good practices. It will be important to put in place processes that verify and sanction the quality of the participatory process and take action when the agenda is hijacked by powerful interest groups. Given the lack of experience with community led development approaches and the risk that the CLLD approach will be dominated by own agendas of weighty local stakeholders such as mayor’s offices, this will be key. It means ensuring there is adequate emphasis on monitoring by the marginalized community and the LAG where they track and discuss what was done, whether objectives are met and to take corrective action when needed. Given the risks, the stakes of the current endeavor are very high, and so is the need for a clear Integrated Intervention Tool to provide a practical handbook on how the CLLD approach could work in the Romanian context. The rest of the report is dedicated to this purpose, with the important caveat that, ultimately, the Managing Authority of the Regional Operational Program (MA ROP) is best positioned to decide the optimal structure of the CLLD framework under the broader ROP’s implementation. 1.3 Methodology This IIT is the result of a year-long effort. Several key sources of data form the basis for the insights and recommendations formulated throughout this report:  desk and field research on the Regional Operational Program, which will finance CLLD interventions for the 2014-2020 budgeting cycle, and on the 2007-2013 LEADER program, the precursor to the CLLD approach;  quantitative data from the 2011 Census;  qualitative data on marginalized communities from multiple missions in the field, including interviews with members of disadvantaged groups, local authorities, NGOs, and other key stakeholders;  the World Bank’s experience with Community Driven Development, adapted to the local context and particularly as deployed through the Romanian Social Development Fund (RSDF) Specifically, the IIT methodology relies on multiple steps. First, we defined urban marginalized communities by drawing from earlier work on this topic in Romania, and then we identified a set of variables in the 2011 Population Census to map the particular location of various disadvantaged groups. Next, we conducted qualitative field work in two distinct phases. The first stage (May-June 2013) involved: (1) identifying relevant subtypes of urban marginalized communities, and (2) reviewing past efforts in Romania to address urban exclusion. The aim was to assess what has worked and what barriers still exist that prevent further progress toward integrating marginalized urban communities in the specific local, regional, and national context in Romania. This field work also enabled the identification of measures that should be taken to tackle the root causes of urban marginalization across the country. The field work covered 10 cities, which were selected in close consultation with MRDPA officials. The selected cities were: Alba Iulia, Baia Mare, Brăila, Călan, Dorohoi, Slobozia, Strehaia, and Târgu Mureş, as well as Sector 2 and 5 Sector 5 from Bucharest.9 These areas were selected because they provided a variety of urban settings in which different types of urban marginalized areas are found. In a second phase, follow-up field work was conducted during October and November 2013 in six different types of marginalized areas in three cities: Brăila, Slobozia, and Târgu Mureş. This work aimed at producing the six conceptual pilot proposals that can serve as examples of how to design and implement future integrated interventions to address urban marginalization, leveraging available EU funding. Potential local partners were identified using the snowball technique among representatives of local public institutions, Regional Development Agencies, the private sector, and civil society. Representatives included residents of disadvantaged areas and providers of social services at the local level, in addition to local media. In total, 110 people participated in the research, including 40 residents of the disadvantaged areas. Meanwhile, parallel consultations were held with MRDPA officials and other relevant stakeholders to discuss early findings of the research. These consultations included workshops in June and November 2013. To further contextualize the findings, the team conducted a literature review of comparable experiences in Romania (including LEADER, the EU tool for rural local community development programs) and of urban inclusion efforts across EU member states. Background studies were conducted to explore the lessons learned from the LEADER program in Romania and from EU-financed urban integration programs such as URBAN. To this end, additional consultations were held with experts on: LEADER and ROP Program2007– 2013, Roma inclusion in urban areas in the EU, and community-driven development globally. 1.4 Audience The main audience of the current report includes senior managers from the Managing Authority (MA) of the Regional Operational Program, within the Ministry of Regional Development and Public Administration (MRDPA). For this reason, the Integrated Intervention Tool presents an in-depth assessment of how the CLLD approach could work in practice in the Romanian context, with specific proposals for all implementation phases: launching the CLLD Priority Axis through the post-implementation monitoring and evaluation (M&E) mechanisms. Other stakeholders in Romania will also benefit from this handbook: managers and staff of the ROP’s Intermediate Bodies (IBs), the eight Regional Development Agencies around the country; MA and IB staff of other Operational Programs implementing CLLD interventions or considering them for future programming periods; and future applicants and beneficiaries of the CLLD Priority Axis funding (in the public, private, and nonprofit sectors), for whom this report will provide a glimpse of how the new instrument could work in practice in the Romanian context. Last but not least, the hope is that officials from the European Commission (EC)—DG REGIO who are responsible for the ROP’s oversight, as well as DG EMPL and other EC staff can leverage the insights presented by this work, possibly replicating best-practice proposals to other EU Member States. The Managing Authority is the key actor responsible for the design and rollout of the CLLD framework and is also accountable to the GoR and the EC for the results. We hope that the analysis and proposals presented in this report, as well as in the accompanying Atlas of Urban Marginalized Areas and the six Conceptual Pilots, will help the Managing Authority and the MRDPA leadership and staff, together with decision-makers 9 See Annex 1 with the criteria for the selection of the 10 cities. 6 across the Romanian Government, to establish an effective CLLD institutional framework and support structure that are grounded in the Romanian context and abide by EU regulations and guidelines. We believe that, ultimately, this program can lead to the sustainable improvement in the lives of urban marginalized communities in Romania. 1.5 Structure of the Report This report begins by describing the CLLD approach (Chapter2) to explain in greater depth what the tool seeks to achieve, the new elements it brings, and how it fits into the existing structure for delivering EU funds. Chapter 3 focuses specifically on CLLD in Romania, providing an overview of suggested objectives, spatial targeting, funding, implementation phases, and actual support structures and procedures. The rest of the report covers the main stages of rolling out the CLLD instrument in the Romanian context. Specifically, Chapter 4 focuses on the CLLD’s launch: preparations through capacity building and information campaigns; the call for expressions of interest; the actual mobilization of the community, leading to the setup of a Local Action Group (LAG)—the main forum for involving the local community in implementing the CLLD approach; the development of the Local Integration Strategy by each LAG, taking into account specific local needs, and potential priorities. The same section also presents a model for practical selection of these strategies, taking into account the draft proposals from Romania’s Partnership Agreement with the EU. Chapter 5 subsequently focuses on the implementation of the Local Integration Strategies that have been selected for financing, including financing and selection of projects under these strategies, mutual learning and knowledge exchange. Finally, chapter 6 discusses monitoring and evaluation (M&E). It notes the importance of setting up these mechanisms from the start to enable quick and effective adjustments of the Program, as needed. 7 2 Community-Led Local Development Before focusing on the specifics of the Romanian context, this chapter provides a brief overview of the Community-led local development (CLLD) approach. It includes a summary of how the concept emerged and why it is needed as an innovative way to deliver EU funds. Subsections discuss the following: the LEADER program (the precursor to CLLD), CLLD aims and principles; key features (area, partnership, and strategy); and integrated approaches for addressing urban segregation. The origins of CLLD start with the Lisbon Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (December 2009), which added territorial cohesion to its earlier goals of economic and social cohesion. This territorial cohesion was a response to persistent geographically concentrated problems in cities and subregions across European Union member states. The treaty acknowledged that realizing this new goal required better mobilization of potential at the local level, as well as increased involvement by local communities in the design and implementation of local development plans that address these problems. Legislative proposals for the EU cohesion policy for the period 2014 –2020 subsequently laid down rules for facilitating and strengthening CLLD that apply to all Cohesion and Structural Funds (CSF). These proposals were adopted by the European Commission in October 2011. 10 The rules encourage better coordination among all CSF funds and aim for connected and integrated use of these funds. They take a multisectoral approach, with a territorial focus to design and implement local development strategies. The EU Common Strategic Framework of 2012 states that: “Member States shall promote the development of local and subregional approaches, in particular via community-led local development […].”11 CLLD has thus become an important feature of the European Commission’s proposals, one which aims to mobilize and involve local communities and organizations to contribute to achieving the Europe 2020 Strategy goals of smart, sustainable, and inclusive growth, in addition to fostering territorial cohesion. CLLD focuses on specific subregional territories and is community-led through action groups composed of representatives of local public and private socioeconomic interests. In addition, it is based on the LEADER approach, which was designed to help rural actors realize the long-term potential of their local region. LEADER has proven to be an effective and efficient tool in the delivery of rural development policies at the local level, with high acceptance all over the European Union. Since 2007, local development has also been a policy delivery tool in the European fisheries sector. 10 COM (2011) 611. 11 COM(2012) 496, Annex 1, point 3.3.2. 8 Before discussing the aims, principles and elements of CLLD, we will briefly describe the LEADER program in the next section. 2.1 LEADER, URBAN, and URBACT The LEADER program is the longest lasting and most successful of all the local and integrated territorial initiatives launched by the European Commission in the early 1990s 12. It has been extended during each of the last four rounds of EU programming, and now around 40 percent of the rural areas in the EU are represented by over 2,300 community-led partnerships. These partnerships have an average budget of around €3.9 million of total public funding each, with which they are respon sible for designing and implementing an integrated Local Development Strategy for their area (Soto et al., 2012: 4). LEADER seeks to foster local initiative by partnerships between local government, NGOs, individuals and entrepreneurs) to define their local area strategy, decide on the projects that appear the most useful in achieving development goals, and closely follow their implementation, with established monitoring and evaluation processes that enable measurement of results. The LEADER approach is based on seven principles: (1) area-based local development strategies for subregional territories; (2) local private-public partnerships (through Local Action Groups - LAGs); (3) bottom-up approach with decision-making power delegated to LAGs; (4) integrated design and implementation of strategies; (5) implementation of innovative approaches; (6) implementation of collaborative projects (projects combining different funds); and (7) networking of local partnerships. The knowledge, energy, and resources that local actors bring to the implementation of a shared strategy are considered the heart of the Program. LEADER is an approach that calls for the mobilization of local talent and good-will. In other words, LEADER serves not only to reveal hidden assets through the local area strategy, but also to identify and engage the local human resources that can be gathered to define and implement it. In traditional, centralized administration models, the inhabitants of remote or lagging regions are usually accustomed to waiting passively for decisions and results from international, national, regional, and sometimes municipal levels. The LEADER approach aims to turn this model upside down: The people in rural areas are considered and recognized as the best experts on the subjects of their own surroundings and future. The role of government and public administration is that of a catalyst fuelling inhabitants’ development ideas, helping to identify those with true added value, and providing support to implement them, insofar as they pursue broader development goals defined by national policy. This participatory process strengthens grassroots involvement in major decisions, thus consolidating democracy (Figure 1). The local partnership represents one of the central principles of the Program, as it is the most appropriate instrument for combining broad, bottom-up participation from local citizens with decentralized, top-down 12 LEADER was introduced in 1991 as an EU Initiative. Unlike the big EU Programs such as the Regional or Social Funds which have been managed by the governments of Member States, LEADER was managed directly from Brussels. The success of LEADER over the first programming period (1991–95) led to geographical extension during the second (1996– 99) with LEADER II. LEADER+, introduced in 2000 and finalized in 2006, spread the method over the enlarged EU-25. In 2000–06 the total number of LEADER+ LAGs was 893 in the EU-15. Integrating LAGs created previously in the EU-15 under LEADER and LEADER II and those set up in the 12 new Member States raises the figure to about 1,500 LAGs. From 2007 onwards, LEADER has become an integral part of all rural development Programs and is increasingly significant as a way of achieving rural development (Wade and Rinne, 2008). 9 support and funding from regional and national programs. It is a formal requirement for sound governance, and at the same time the prerequisite for the quality and consistency of the local strategy. The partnership is the hub for networking between local actors and external partners. To this aim, local partnership should be an equitable one in which no one sector—public, private or civil society—is able to impose its will on the others. Figure 1. The participatory democracy model supported by LEADER European Parliament More competitive National Parliament countryside helping to meet the Regional Council objectives of the EU Lisbon Municipal Council Strategy Finance & advice LEADER Local Action Group (LAG) Finance & advice Presenting Rural individual ideas Source: Wade and Rinne, 2008: 11. The LEADER approach has generated increasingly close partnerships among public, private, and civil sectors in rural areas. It has helped governments to accept that they cannot do the job of rural development alone, and rural communities now realize that they can take the initiative to better their own lives. It has strengthened local democracy. It has brought distinct and varied benefits to rural communities, economies, and environments. The lessons learnt in Romania from LEADER experience during 2007 –2013 are presented in Annex 2. LEADER’s seven principles have proved to be quite robust over both time and space, and the most important ones have now been incorporated into the draft regulation (Article 28) governing the funds for regional, social, rural, maritime, and fisheries development for the next period. Nevertheless, the experience of local development in the urban context over the last 20 years shows that some of these principles need to be adapted and strengthened for CLLD to reach its full potential in cities. In particular, it is necessary to rethink the definitions of local areas, integration, and community and to strengthen the potential for innovation (Soto et al., 2012: 4). 10 Lessons learned from the LEADER experience The following are the lessons learned from the LEADER experience in Romania (see also annex 2). (1) Implementation of a bottom-up approach in Romania requires a strong preparation process throughout the entire country, which needs to include extended promotional and information campaigns at local level. Special budgets need to be earmarked for these campaigns and for LAGs’ running costs during the preparatory phase. (2) The Managing Authority (MA) and the Paying Authority (PA) should provide strong preparatory support, such as a toolkit available to the potential LAGs. This is important for implementing the participatory approach at local levels, and for local actors to acquire necessary capabilities in terms of project ideas and know-how, and the financial skills to manage those activities. MA and PA should have sufficient professional and skilled staff, especially at the county level, where there is direct contact with local actors. The anticipated results of LEADER were not entirely achieved during the current programming period, mainly because LAGs had insufficient skills and institutional capacity to prioritize the support actions in their LISs. It is important to prepare the legal and institutional framework for providing advance payments to the selected LAGs. Rules should not be changed during the implementation process. (3) The quality of local LAG partnerships has to be stronger. Under LEADER most attention was paid to the observance of the rule pertaining to each partner’s “weight” within LAGs. However, in many LAGs, the private sector and civil society served a merely “decorative” role. The LAGs’ actual role as a leader in the area was limited by their insufficient capacity and expertise. In most rural LAGs a strong involvement of mayors in the decision-making process was observed. Also, more attention should be paid to preventing conflicts of interest within the LAG decision-making committee—especially with regard to projects submitted by LAG members. Also, LAGs should improve their staff recruitment and training actions. Training needs to focus more on practical issues and less on theory. (4) It is key provide support and technical assistance to LAGs for drafting the Local Integration Strategies (LISs) based on a real participatory process, instead of reducing strategies to funding-driven documents commissioned to external consultants or expert firms. Financial support for drafting the new Local Development Strategies (LDSs)/ LISs should be consistent and better prepared by the MA and PA. In this sense, MA and PA should provide clear and comprehensive guidelines and transparent information. To establish premises for quality LISs, at the onset of the preparation process MA should provide to the potential LAGs a kind of LIS template. (5) Overall there is a need for more support to strengthen the production of high quality local integration strategies. Many LAG-partnership members are not aware of the benefits of a good strategy. For many of them, a strategy is a piece of paper and not a programming effort to better the life of people or to develop the area. The common practice of LAGs is to commission external consultants or firms to develop the strategy, with the participatory process being very limited if present at all. In a related issue many LAGs do not pay sufficient attention to the indicators used in their LISs (selection and update activities) or to monitoring and evaluation activities. Technical assistance and a mechanism for 11 ensuring the transfer of expertise from consultants to the technical members of partnership would add real value to the process. (6) MA and PA need to strengthen the monitoring and evaluation system. MA and PA must perform periodical assessments of LAGs’ performance, with the possibility of following or upgrading the original planned budget. Also, MA needs to improve inspection focused on the advisory activities, to support LAGs’ achievement of the action plan included in their LDS. The evaluation and contracting process carried out by the paying agency should be organised in an effective manner. The evaluation mechanism of the LEADER local development strategies had to be improved, especially with regard to their quality and consistency. The included a need to strengthen the needs assessment and the intervention logic and articulate it with selected measures for intervention. MA’s own staff conduc ted the evaluations with a limited number of evaluators who had limited evaluation expertise, and few skills in local development. The evaluation of the local strategies should be outsourced. (7) The contracting, payment and implementation procedures for projects that are selected nationally should be simplified. MA and PA should do that with a special focus on the task division among PA and national, regional, and county levels and LAG tasks (conformity, eligibility, and selection). (8) The delivery system should be strengthened at the regional and local levels, and training and skilled staff should not just be concentrated at the central level. Training should include training of community mobilisers/ animators, and training of LAG managers and training on how to set up a partnership, and how a LAG should function to design and promote a good, efficient LIS; how to prepare for the project- selection process; how to develop a learning network and diffuse best practices (e.g. personnel requirements, innovative project selection etc.) ; and how to develop collaborative projects (combining different ESIF funds). (9) Support should be provided to a national network of LAGs that can use networking and communication tools to provide technical assistance, knowledge, and best practices, in addition to information about the Program. URBAN and URBACT LEADER is based on a predominantly rural experience. Between 1994 and 2006 the cohesion policy supported two rounds of the URBAN Community Initiative, which focused mainly on deprived urban neighborhoods with an average population of 28,000. According to ex-post evaluation of URBAN II, the key factor underlying successful projects was local ownership. Such projects were selected in line with local perceptions of need, with commitment from local players and delivered in partnership with locals. But larger players had an important role in providing expertise and administrative capacity. Two generations of URBAN Community Initiative programs have certainly been the most influential EU measure for creating and disseminating knowledge and innovation in urban development and regeneration. 12 The URBAN Initiative aimed at drawing up and implementing innovative strategies for regeneration in small and medium-sized towns and cities or of run-down urban neighborhoods in larger cities. In addition, URBAN sought to enhance and exchange knowledge and experience from sustainable urban regeneration and development in the EU. The URBAN I and II Community Initiatives have put the integrated approach into practice in around 200 cities around Europe.18 They mainly focused on physical regeneration of deprived urban neighborhoods, local economic development, environmental issues, mobility and public space, local employment, and cultural initiatives. Between 1994 and 1999, the URBAN I Initiative financed programs in 118 urban areas, a total of €900 million of community assistance. Around 3.2 million people lived in the supported areas and projects focused on the rehabilitation of infrastructure, job creation, combating social exclusion and environmental improvements. Between 2000 and 2006, the URBAN II Initiative continued this effort and commitment to support European cities in their search for the best development and regeneration strategies. A total of €730 million was invested in sustainable economic and social regeneration in 70 urban areas throughout Europe with the support of this Community Initiative. Resulting in a common European “Acquis Urbain” and URBAN mainstreaming, the URBAN Community Initiatives emphasized a concentration of funding on selected target areas, the increased involvement of citizens and local stakeholders (shared responsibility), as well as a stronger horizontal coordination of urban regeneration measures as main elements of an integrated approach towards urban development. This approach continued in the period 2007 –2013. The URBAN initiatives, although broadly judged as successful, have not been continued, and from 2007, the EU has opted for mainstreaming urban development to be financed from the Structural Funds in the Member States. This solution has been judged more successful is some member states, like Germany, France and the Netherlands, than in others. By having delegated urban development issues to the Cohesion Policy, the regulatory framework is of importance. However, there have been no EU level regulations that would set obligations or incentives to develop integrated urban development strategies. In countries, where such plans have been elaborated, integrated urban planning is a powerful instrument if there are (1) conditionalities attached to it (even if only to developing the strategies), (2) there are transparent and realistic guidelines available for producing such strategies. The ERDF also co-finances the transnational learning and networking Program URBACT. URBACT is a network and aims at ensuring professional exchange and methodological support to those involved in the URBAN program. It consists of thematic networks of experts and cities; 217 cities took part in URBACT I, while URBACT II included: 46 thematic networks, 14 working groups and 181 cities (as of 2012). Since 2007 URBACT II has involved about 500 cities in approximately 60 thematic exchange and learning networks. Each city that takes part in an URBACT II network has set up a broad multistakeholder local support group, which develops a local action plan. Although URBACT’s local support groups are not designed to implement the local action plan, which is not automatically funded, many of these groups could be the seeds of CLLD partnerships and strategies (Guidance on CLLD, April 2013: 12). Drawing on URBACT’s experience, experts in urban development have put proposed their answers on how this method can be applied to the urban context (Soto et al., 2012: 4). They argue that most of the fundamental principles of the LEADER approach are transferrable to the urban context, but that they need to be adapted and strengthened for CLLD to become a powerful tool in urban areas. In the past, the European Regional Development Fund (ERDF) and the European Social Fund (ESF) often supported separate initiatives with many components similar to CLLD. The lessons of URBAN, URBACT, and other city 13 development initiatives suggest that special attention should be paid to four of the seven LEADER pillars: the area-based approach, the integrated approach, the partnership, and innovation. The following two boxes briefly summarize examples of initiatives taken in larger urban areas in Western Europe that have successfully addressed the situation of local vulnerable urban communities, migrants or ethnic minorities, in the framework of a complex or integrated approach. 14 Box 1a. Example of integrated approach to inclusion of vulnerable urban communities: Rotterdam Netherlands – Rotterdam URBAN II Context and problems. The concerned North area of Rotterdam is young with half of the inhabitants having non- Dutch origin (from the large migration waves of the eighties). Unemployment levels were 1.5 times higher than the city average (the gap even increased at the end of the project period, which was caused by people getting jobs leaving the area, and job-creation focusing on Rotterdam neighborhoods beyond the borders of URBAN II). The local safety index was dramatic – but would radically improve in the course of the project duration. The goal of the intervention was to change the social, economic and physical structure of the area in order to improve safety, entrepreneurship and improving the quality of living. Interventions. Prior to launching of the project, a “strategic neighborhood approach” was developed, elements of which could be implemented through URBAN II financing, like tackling crime, family breakdowns, dealing with physical degradation of the neighborhood (including retail functions), and changing low cohesion levels among cultural groups living in the area. The interventions included a regeneration of the retail areas – accompanied by trainings for shop- keepers. Public spaces and the local railway station have been also refurbished in order to improve access to public transportation. Impacts. This project had no housing refurbishment element, but it was outstanding in terms of mobilizing citizens to participate in the social cohesion project elements. The evaluation concludes that it was not so much the physical environment, but the cohesion of the local community that had to be strengthened in order to achieve change. Such experimental project elements were coaching families with multiple disadvantages, offering mentors for talented kids (individually and in groups), including the locals into the design of the local TV program. New enterprises were opened in the area (by nonlocals, unfortunately, though), and although the program aimed at getting the employment statics improved, many of the locals still find employment in the informal economy and with the training they received, their position in this sub-market is likely to be improved too. The sustainability of the is not yet clear, but the municipality is one of the key stakeholders and political support remained strong; also the scaling up of selected social project elements happened, which means that a follow-up of local activities would become easier. This latter proved to be fact when the Rotterdam 2010 strategic neighborhood approach was launched. Key elements. Success elements were considered to be (1) available funding for experimental project elements that could be adjusted to the very local community needs, (2) a common understanding that the program elements have to be implemented based on their common neighborhood strategy, (3) financing was available, there was no need to seek match financing, which enabled the project to be fully implemented, (4) politicians were supportive throughout the many years of implementation because the project could be (in part) retailored to the actual “safety” agenda, (5) the management structure was politically independent. It was an integrated program (like many others designed under the “National Large City Program”), and in the course of the program, smaller local project elements (and their staff) “learned” how to cope with combining physical, social and economic aspects of an issue and of a solution (e.g. improving green areas – for the youth if they are the one who use the given public space). Source: URBAN II Evaluation- Case study Rotterdam http://ec.europa.eu/regional_policy/sources/docgener/evaluation/pdf/expost2006/urbanii/case_studies/rotterdam.p df 15 Box 1b. Example of integrated approach to inclusion of vulnerable urban communities: Berlin Germany – Soziale Stadt (Berlin): URBAN II This Berlin case represents one of the most complex urban regeneration designs with a very strong local planning, a social and an embedding component. The explicit goal was to reestablish the links of the target neighborhoods to the greater city fabric through employment, social and cultural, physical and transportation interventions/investments. Context and problems. The Berlin URBAN II area is located in the south-east part of the city, close to the Ostkreuz, consisting of 4 different neighborhoods. The goal was to tackle urban decay, a declining number of the population by re-attracting residents, attract new business and retail and make use of closed down industrial or production space (which was one of the reasons of rapid increase of unemployment after the transition) in all four areas – challenges that hit the four areas to a different extent. Both architecturally and in terms of social and economic composition, the four areas comprised a large variety of potentials and problems (including a high-rise housing estate from the seventies, but also a 150-year-old quartier). Interventions. Beyond URBAN II funding, landlords invested into refurbishment of housing, which increased the attractiveness of the neighborhoods. In some of the areas, a large share of the population changed (a sort of gentrification happened), but in other parts, investments to retain most of the local population were more in focus (rental prices were kept very much the same as they used to be, but the quality of living attracted more young couples with children). Some minor neighborhood parts, however, “withstood” the interventions: for example mobilizing some residential groups in the Weitlingkiez neighborhood failed due to the lack of local NGOs and community based organizations in the case of an enclave of extreme right voters’ quartier, whereas in other parts, advanced and creative activities could be implemented. Impacts. The approach of the socially integrative city mainly aims at the social integration of local inhabitants, improving their quality of life and social capital (and action potential). By enabling local residents to take responsibility in planning and allocation of funding, local (small scale) needs could be addressed, especially those focusing on youth and family. Nevertheless, it is difficult to measure the levels of progress in a quantitative sense – most of which are related to governance and participation and less in better education or employment outcomes - which has recently caused a somewhat lower political support for the program. Key elements. Local initiatives were channeled into the local planning by community representatives. Local “ownership” was very much strengthened which is shown by the fact that 40% of all interventions were carried out by local associations and neighbourhod groups. Beyond the technical coordinating body, there were thematic working groups, in each of them professionals, local political decision makers, and representatives of the local communities. A directing body was making executive decisions twice a year (there were also community delegates), the supervisory board consisted of various level (including EC) representatives. This ensured a balanced combination of the employment, education, social, and infrastructure development pillars within the neighborhood level interventions. In addition to this organizational structure that covered various stakeholders and included them in all stages of planning and decision making, all 12 German and 2 Austrian URBAN II cities formed a thematic network to exchange processes, challenges and potential solutions. Some activities could not be completed within the URBAN II framework (and similar to the French and the Netherlands case, they were continued from other budgets). Source: http://ec.europa.eu/regional_policy/projects/practices/download.cfm?sto=2654&lan=7 16 2.2 CLLD aims and principles Aims Grounded in the LEADER program, CLLD is an approach for involving local urban communities, including civil society and local actors, in designing and implementing local integrated development strategies. The aim is to help disadvantaged communities take concrete steps towards their development in a manner that is smarter, more sustainable, and more inclusive, in line with the Europe 2020 Strategy. It will allow local communities to take ownership of the 11 thematic objectives of the proposed Common Provisions 13 Regulation 2014–2020 . Principles and added value CLLD is based on five principles. 14 It promotes development efforts that: (1) are focused on specific subregional areas; (2) are community-led by Local Action Groups ; (3) are carried out through integrated and multisectoral, area-based Local Development Strategies (LDSs) designed to take into consideration local needs and potential; (4) include innovative features; (5) emphasize networking. Figure 2. Added value of CLLD CLLD Principles CLLD Advantages The local territorial approach Flexible tool for meeting the needs of different subregional (Article 28.1.a) areas. Participatory and partnership Co-responsibility and ownership. The partnership mobilizes approaches (Article 28.1.b) the knowledge, energy, and resources of local actors. = Integrated, multisectoral local Linkages and synergies, horizontal and vertical. The actions strategies (Article 28.1.c) reinforce each other and build on the strengths of the area. Innovation (Article 28.1.d) The method generates new ways of thinking and doing, including new services and social innovation. Networking and cooperation Transfer of good practice, joint solutions to common (Article 28.1.d) problems. Source: Guidance on CLLD, European Commission, April 2013: 7. The five principles should be reflected in the establishment and operating mode of LAGs and for the selection of individual projects that can be funded through CSFs. To qualify for funding under the CLLD axis, a project should be anchored in a given geographical area. It should also reflect a bottom-up approach, that 13 Proposal for a regulation of the European Parliament and the Council laying down common provisions on the European Regional Development Fund, the European Social Fund, the Cohesion Fund, the European Agricultural Fund for Rural Development and the European Maritime and Fisheries Fund covered by the Common Strategic Framework and laying down general provisions on the European Regional Development Fund, the European Social Fund and the Cohesion Fund and repealing Council Regulation (EC) No 1083/2006, COM (2011) 615 final, amended proposal COM(2012) 496 final. 14 Proposal for Common Provisions Regulation Article 28.2, following an agreement reached in trialogue negotiations. 17 is, be based on an autonomous local initiative. It should be developed via local partnerships bringing in different categories of public and private actors with no prior exclusion. This approach gives local actors a greater sense of ownership of and commitment to the projects, which allows them to make the best use of local assets. However, CLLD should not be regarded as competing with or opposing top-down approaches from national, regional, or local authorities, but instead as a tool for interacting with them, with the aim of better overall results. Figure 2 provides an overview of the principles and advantages of the CLLD. The CLLD approach seeks to integrate innovation—with respect to aims, tools, and methods—into development projects. It emphasizes cross-sectoral approaches and is not limited to any particular type of activity. Rather, it seeks to develop synergies across sectors. Also, the CLLD approach aims to encourage collaboration between local government and other local stakeholders to achieve a critical mass. It also encourages collaboration with actors elsewhere facing similar problems and challenges, to facilitate the exchange of ideas and know-how. Networking is an essential ingredient of CLLD as it allows for value-added information exchanges and diffusion of best practices. Finally, effective decentralization of financial and management responsibility ensures flexibility and adequate understanding of the local context. Nonetheless, a Court of Auditors report15 on LEADER shows that the delegation of certain functions to local partnerships also involves certain costs and risks. 16 The same report argues that the management and delivery system must be organized in a way that reinforces the added value of the bottom-up approach while at the same time keeping the costs and risks at acceptable levels. There is little point in using CLLD unless the advantages mentioned above are present and can be expected to generate concrete results. One of the main lessons of LEADER experiences is that the community-led approach can only be effective if it develops trust among stakeholders and is supported by enduring local structures with the necessary experience and expertise. Thus, in selecting LAGs with their respective LDSs, the quality of the partnership of the LAG members is of paramount importance. While innovation is important, learning from what works and what does not work in the local context is an essential component of CLLD. This means ensuring there is adequate emphasis on monitoring by the marginalized community and the LAG where they track and discuss what was done, whether objectives are met and take corrective action when needed. The four European Structural and Investment Funds can use community-led local development to tackle challenges related to social inclusion in different types of areas:  rural areas  fisheries and coastal areas  cities and urban areas 2.3 Key elements: the area, the partnership, and the strategy 15 European Court of Auditors, Implementation of the LEADER Approach for Rural Development. 16 Examples of risks to efficiency: LAGs backdating grants resulting in a risk of deadweight, lack of transparency in project selection, potential conflicts of interest, high operating costs, lengthy procedures. 18 In line with the LEADER approach, CLLD is based on three interrelated elements: the area, the partnership, and the strategy. The area and population coverage The CLLD guidance provided by the EC indicates that EU member states or regions can identify the types of areas where they want to apply the CLLD approach using two criteria: size of the area and its coherence. The reference for the size criterion is that criterion used in the LEADER approach. This means that the area covered by the CLLD approach should comprise from 10,000 to 150,000 inhabitants. The average population covered by the URBAN II Programs funded by the ERDF in the 2000 –2006 period was approximately 30,000 inhabitants17. In duly justified cases, in particular when an area is sparsely populated, these limits may be lowered, and in densely populated areas may be increased. In terms of the coherence criterion, the areas are supposed to be economically, socially, and physically coherent , where coherence is understood to mean “functionality” in supporting the aims of the Local Development Strategy. The decision on precise boundaries of local areas, however, belongs to the LAGs. This is important to meet local conditions and the aims of the local strategy. The starting point in determining area should be a strategic development vision based on an analysis of needs and problems. Local partnerships, therefore, often define boundaries that cross over administrative units. CLLD can be used for a wide range of territories. Within larger cities, the obvious candidates for CLLD would be deprived urban neighborhoods, but the approach could also be applied to other types of urban areas within the city—areas with particular types of housing, areas undergoing industrial change, areas facing particular environmental problems, and so on. CLLD can be used in (1) single neighborhoods or in several neighborhoods facing a similar problem; (2) in small towns and cities and their surrounding rural areas; (3) for periurban areas of large cities; or (4) for a functional labor-market area. The partnership: Local Action Group (LAG) The real value added of the CLLD approach lies in the ability of partnerships to mobilize a wide range of public and private stakeholders. These could include entrepreneurs and their associations, local authorities, neighborhood or rural associations, groups of citizens (such as minorities, senior citizens, women/men, youth, etc.), community and voluntary organizations, etc. This mobilization process takes time, energy, and adequate resources. The Common Provisions Regulation18 describes the fundamental features of CLLD partnerships as follows: 19  The LAG partnership is responsible for the design of projects at the local level and has to ensure that the projects selected are consistent with its Local Integration Strategy.  The LAG partnership board’s decision-making process should not be dominated by the public authorities or any specific interest group. To ensure this, the following rules must be respected: 20 17 European Commission, COHESION POLICY 2014–2020. 18 Proposal for Common Provisions Regulation Article 28.2, following an agreement reached in trialogue negotiations. 19 European Commission, Common Guidance of the European Commission’s Directorates, 25. 20 Based on the LEADER experience, voting rights should be linked to membership in a LAG. It is recommended that each LAG member represents only one organization at a time. 19 o First, neither the public authorities nor any single interest group can have more than 49 percent of the voting rights at the decision-making level of the LAG. o Second, at least 50 percent of the votes in project-selection decisions have to come from the nonpublic sector partners. This secures an inclusive and transparent process, diversity in the strategy, and a reasonable spread of the projects across a range of different sectors. A common fear among participants is that the rights of democratically elected representatives and the public sector will be undermined by the proliferation of LAGs. The experience of LEADER shows that this is not the case. One other concern relates to the fact that various risk-mitigation measures can reinforce public-sector control over the LAG and reduce the scope for local innovation, especially when public agencies are the only ones with cofinancing and can control the content of action plans because they have a monopoly on funding. The experience of URBACT II multistakeholder local support groups shows that this concern is unfounded21. In fact, many of these groups could be the seeds of CLLD partnerships and strategies. Furthermore, to counteract this potential issue, the European Commission recommends that cofunding by the member state should be awarded in the form of a block grant to the partnership on the basis of its strategy, in parallel with EU funding. The LAG partnerships should work within clearly defined terms of reference but should be independent. NGOs can and should be able to take the lead in some cases. Managing Authorities should put in place selection criteria and procedures, in order to reinforce the added value of the bottom-up approach while at the same time keeping the costs and risks 22 at acceptable levels. For this purpose, the Common Provisions Regulation23 sets out minimum tasks for LAGs, including basic requirements linked to administrative and financial capacity and the setting up of transparent project-selection procedures. To be considered truly “community-led,” the local LAG partnership should meet at least the following criteria24:  It must be inclusive, i.e. composed of public sector, private sector, and civil society and reflect the nature and focus of the strategy. 21 The URBACT II Program has introduced the idea of multistakeholder local support groups (ULSGs) which produce local action plans (LAPs) designed to improve the local impact of transnational exchanges between cities. A recent survey of 201 active USLGs showed that they were composed of between 10 and 15 members on average, among which the public sector was important but not dominant in numerical terms: local governments (35 percent), NGOs (21.7 percent), private companies (11.3 percent), schools and others (9.5 percent), universities (4.7 percent), private citizens (2.7 percent), and also key players from other levels of public sector governance, including regional governments (7.7 percent), national governments (3.5 percent) and Managing Authorities (3 percent). The extent of their vertical partnership could bring important benefits at city level. (Soto et al., 2012: 6) 22 Examples of risks to efficiency: LAGs’ backdating grants resulting in a risk of deadweight, lack of transparency in project selection, potential conflicts of interest, high operating costs, and lengthy procedures (European Court of Auditors, 2010). 23 Proposal for Common Provisions Regulation Article 30.3, following an agreement reached in trialogue negotiations. 24 European Commission, Common Guidance of the European Commission’s Directorates, 25-26. 20  The involvement of the private sector is crucial to ensure sustainable projects and provide the necessary private match funding for projects.  The decision-making body should aim at being gender-balanced and have a fair representation of specific target groups addressed by the Local Development Strategy, such as young people, ethnic minorities, and other disadvantaged people or vulnerable groups.  Working procedures, rules, and structures for decision making should be put in place to guarantee that the selection of projects is consistent with the objectives of the strategy, undertaken in a nondiscriminatory and transparent manner, and avoid in particular any risk of conflict of interest. Concerning the latter, LAGs should establish written procedures explaining how they intend to deal with this risk (for example, regarding meeting minutes , voting abstentions, written declarations).  LAG members and staff should have the appropriate competencies, skills, and resources to generate and manage development processes at the local level. The staff must also be qualified and have experience in the administrative management of local projects and—in case a LAG is assigned financial management tasks—experience in finance.  Mobilization of communities requires staff with specific communication and organizational skills. A LAG staff’s task is to encourage in particular the weaker members and areas o f the community to make sure they participate in the local development process by analyzing the local situation, identifying and developing potential projects, stimulating potential beneficiaries, and helping local project-holders to develop their ideas into projects eligible for financial support. This kind of work should be viewed as an investment in human and social capacity, not as a transactional cost of the Program.  In general, the minimum number of staff of the LAG partnership required to support the basic functions is two: a qualified manager and an administrative assistant. The number of staff should be proportionate to the complexity of the strategy and the partnership. More human resources might be needed, depending on the amount of additional administrative tasks delegated, the area, the population covered, the strategy’s budget, and the amount of mobilization required. In countries that have used LEADER for a number of years to improve the organizational capacity and local development of their rural areas, LAGs usually have a team of 4 to 5 people. The LAG is usually the starting point for work on the integration strategy in a given area. As the original group develops its analysis of the development needs and potential of the area, it will usually include additional members from different sections of the local community. The strategy and the partnership are built along parallel tracks, with the progressive integration of new sectors and dimensions in the strategy being supported by a progressive extension of the partnership towards representatives of new sectors, communities, and areas. This iterative process should not stop when the strategy is submitted to the Program authorities. The LAG partnership rather should serve as a dynamic body, which adapts itself to the local specificities and developments as they arise. 21 The Local Development Strategy (LDS) The quality of strategies approved for funding is of utmost importance for an effective use of the CLLD approach. A recent report on LEADER by the Court of Auditors25 found that many LAGs had poorly developed strategies, with nonspecific objectives, a lack of clear intervention logic, and poor or nonexistent provisions for monitoring and evaluation. Following an assessment of the LAG strategies, some member states required improvements be made to address identified weaknesses. Building on this experience, the Common Provisions Regulation26 sets out requirements linked to local development strategies, as the quality of the strategy represents a major criterion for its selection for funding, management and control of implementation, and evaluation of results. According to the CLLD guidance provided by the EC 27 a “community-led local development strategy” means a coherent set of operations to meet local objectives and needs, which contributes to meeting the EU 2020 goal of smart, sustainable, and inclusive growth and which is designed and implemented by a LAG. Local CLLD strategies (in this report also referred to as Local Integration Strategies or LISs to distinguish them from town or city level development strategies) should include the following elements: (1) the definition of the area and population covered by the strategy; (2) an analysis of the development needs and potential of the area, including a an analysis of strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats (SWOT); (3) a description of the objectives, as well as the integrated and innovative character of the strategy, and a hierarchy of objectives, including clear and measurable targets for outputs or results; (4) description of the process of community involvement in developing the strategy; (5) an action plan demonstrating how objectives are translated into concrete projects; (6) description of the management and monitoring arrangements, demonstrating the capacity of the LAG to implement the strategy, as well as a description of specific arrangements for evaluation; and (7) a financial plan, including the planned allocation of each of the concerned funds. The local integration strategies need to be coherent with the relevant Programs of the CSF Funds through which they are supported. Figure 3. Elaboration of local integration strategies - Contribution to program objectives - Coherence and consistency with top-down or other strategies - Local needs identified through studies and SWOT - Bottom-up process 25 European Court of Auditors, Implementation of the LEADER Approach for Rural Development. 26 Proposal for Common Provisions Regulation Article 2(16) and Article 29(1), following an agreement reached in trialogue negotiations. 27 European Commission, Common Guidance of the European Commission’s Directorates, p. 22. 22 CLLD offers the opportunity to coordinate the hard investments (supported mainly by ERDF) with soft measures (supported mainly by ESF). Building on the experience of URBAN and URBACT initiatives, CLLD in cities and other urban areas could lead to strategies that reflect a number of different approaches, including:  small, neighborhood-based approaches. These could involve deprived city neighborhoods, industrial districts, brown field sites, suburbs, etc.  approaches covering smaller cities, market towns, and their surrounding rural areas.  thematic approaches dealing with a particular urban challenge, such as unemployment and the labor market, social exclusion, urban mobility, or local plans for energy efficiency.  target group approaches focusing on, for example, young people, Roma, women or migrants. Current EC regulations state that at least 5 percent of the ERDF allocation to member states should be devoted to integrated actions for sustainable and integrated urban development. Investments included in this envelope will most likely be managed with an Integrated Territorial Investment (ITI) tool, 28 a specific operational Program, or a dedicated urban axis within operational Programs. Member states can include CLLD as a component in urban strategies and ITIs. 29 When designing their Programs and calls for CLLD strategies, the Managing Authorities should take into account the following main points:30  The strategy should respond to local needs. However, the coherence and consistency between local strategies and existing national, regional, or subregional strategies—including sectoral ones—must be ensured.  The local integration strategy should be developed based on the identification of local needs, including a SWOT analysis. Both the SWOT and the development of the strategy should be undertaken in a participative fashion to ensure community involvement and ownership of the strategy.  Local integration strategies should promote linkages between local development actions. Rather than a list of disconnected projects, strategies should be integrated in terms of coherent links between actions or projects that are based on clearly identified needs or opportunities. The projects selected locally should all contribute to the objectives of the Local Development Strategy, complement each other, and avoid contradictory aims.  Local integration strategies should be “integrated and multisectoral.” Linkages and integration can be horizontal between different areas or within a given area, as for example in deprived urban neighborhoods or in rural areas. They can be vertical in cases where the strategy focuses on 28 European Commission, Common Guidance of the European Commission’s Directorates,p. 13. 29 Integrated Territorial Investment (ITI) is a new tool for the 2014-2020 programming period, through which Member States can finance certain interventions from multiple axes of the same operational Program or from multiple operational Programs. In Romania, the Managing Authority for the Regional Operational Program is developing, in partnership with the World Bank, an ITI for the Danube Delta, a region that is particularly appropriate for complex, integrated soft and hard interventions. 30 European Commission, Common Guidance of the European Commission’s Directorates, p. 22-24. 23 integration, for example, of different actors within a sector, supply chain, or delivery chain. Strategies should integrate development approaches from different sectors into a coherent, multisector approach supporting the overall long-term objectives in the areas concerned. Although the entry point may be a particular sector (such as fisheries or tourism), theme, or target group, the strategy should promote links with other sectors, as these open up new opportunities and are necessary to foster long-term development of an area.  Strategies should have an innovative character. They should aim to introduce new ideas or approaches to the area and not simply be “business as usual.” Innovation can take many different forms, which are all valid in contributing to the innovative character of the strategy: new services, new products, new methods of organization, social innovation, etc. Innovation should be assessed in reference to the local situation and in terms of its effectiveness compared to existing methods and solutions applied in this territory: an action which is innovative in a certain place may already have been used somewhere else.  Collaborating and networking with other areas can be a key component of the strategy. Collaboration starts at the local level, among the different sectors represented in the partnership. It can evolve in stages, beginning with exchange of experience, to the transfer of promising practice, to a common action. Cooperation with other territories implementing CLLD (located in the same region or Member State, but also across national borders31 and including countries outside the EU) can also be a strategic tool the local group can use to reach the critical mass needed for some projects or to pool complementary resources and expertise.  Networking in a broad sense is a tool that enables local partnerships to share experiences and learn from each other. Networks under CLLD can have a formal character (involving LAGs, Managing Authorities, or other stakeholders) and be facilitated by support units at regional, national, and European levels.32 LAGs can also be organized on a voluntary basis (national or regional LAG networks) with their network representing the members, for instance, in negotiations with the Managing Authorities (for example, in Program monitoring committees).  Member states and regions need to ensure that viable budgets available for CLLD are appropriate for achieving the goals set in the local strategies. Although there are risks of inappropriate spending if the budgets are too large, experience has shown that the main danger is that Managing Authorities try to spread the budget too thinly as a result of political pressure from applicant areas. The experience of both LEADER and Axis 4 of the EFF has shown that the minimum budget for a full-fledged, integrated Local Development Strategy is around €3 million of public funding for the entire period, depending on the area and population covered by the strategy. Below this level, it seems difficult to go beyond small-scale, “soft” investments in specific fields or to support the running costs of the partnerships and the animation of the local community. 31 CLLD LAGs have the possibility to implement cooperation projects under cross-border programs of the European Transnational Cooperation (under Article 9 of European Territorial Cooperation Regulation - COM(2011)611 final 2). 32 Examples of networking support structures can be found in the context of LEADER and FARNET in the period 2007 – 2013 (see www.farnet.eu and www.enrd.eu). 24 2.4 The integrated approach for tackling residential segregation In discussions about urban development, residential segregation often appears as an important issue requiring adequate attention. In this section we briefly describe what residential segregation is and why the integrated approach promoted by CLLD is needed to address it. Segregation implies that an overrepresentation of one group and an underrepresentation of one or more other groups in a certain space (or in schools, jobs, or public services). Segregation becomes a problem when an area experiences a high concentration of negatives outcomes: substandard housing, garbage in the streets, poor or segregated schools, a high proportion of low-income households, unemployed and poorly educated adults, widespread health problems, dysfunctional families, and a high rate of petty crime. Many deprived neighborhoods have a bad reputation, and their inhabitants can be discriminated against by both the general population and local authorities. This is also the case in Romanian cities 33. Complaints of high petty crime have sometimes led national or local governments to disperse people from these problematic areas without providing them adequate assistance to settle elsewhere or ensuring access to social services. Such displacement has high social and human costs (Colini at al, 2013). Neighborhood regeneration projects often tend to focus too narrowly on upgrading buildings and infrastructure, instead of addressing the broader causes of poverty and social exclusion of its inhabitants. This limited focus can increase land values and housing prices, forcing the less affluent residents to relocate to other areas. While politicians often favor quick and visible interventions that show immediate effects, upgrading deprived neighborhoods takes time; often softer, incremental measures are more effective in the long run. In addition to area-based interventions, the integration of urban marginalized communities should emphasize strengthening the accessibility and quality of social services. These include education, childcare, health, public transport, and affordable housing. Sectoral policies need to be adapted to ensure they address the needs of the population living in these deprived neighborhoods without necessarily linking these policies to any particular spatial level. Such policies could include:  land use and housing polices across the whole functional urban area to prevent extreme segregation;  education policies that promote the same quality of education across the urban area and ensure a mix of students of different social groups in all schools;  economic interventions to improve employment, support enterprise start-ups, and enhance skills;  a social housing policy that makes affordable housing available in all parts of the city;  regulations against the development of gated communities; and  a mobility policy that guarantees equal access to public transport from all parts of the city to the job centers and major urban facilities. An integrated approach to segregation implies that sectoral (people-based) and spatial (area-based) interventions must be combined to successfully tackle urban marginalization. Many problems affecting urban marginalized communities do not originate in the areas where they live, but result from wider societal factors: unemployment, lack of equal opportunity, poverty, and lack of participation in decision making. Thus, these problems require a multilevel intervention method. The relevant policies and Programs should be coordinated across sectors and levels of governance. As such, there is a need for: 33 See also Stănculescu and Berevoescu (2004) for a description of urban segregation in Romania. 25  Vertical policy integration for urban integration. This can consist of strong national urban policies, where the urban areas for intervention are selected at the national level on the basis of indicators. Vertical integration can also consist of policies that specify the rules and conditions for deprived areas selected for intervention, but leave it to the local level to make the final selection.  Horizontal policy integration. This implies coordinating policies that are relevant to the development of a deprived area. Horizontal policy integration requires the adaptation of existing services and organizations to the specific needs of the area and improved coordination between the different service providers. Box 2 describes an example of good practices using an integrated approach to tackle urban segregation. Box 2. Examples of good practice in tackling sociospatial segregation in Europe Integrated urban interventions England: The New Deal for Communities Program (UK, 2010) was initiated by the Blair government for New Deal for some of England’s most deprived neighborhoods. It ran from 1999 to 2008. The goal was to Communities “close the gap” between 39 deprived urban areas and the rest of the country through (NDC) investments of an average of €50 million in each area over ten years. The method was to employ holistic change in relation to three place-related outcomes (crime, community, housing and the physical environment) and three people-related outcomes (education, health, unemployment). Local NDC partnerships were established for each regeneration area to ensure that the change was community-led. Sectoral interventions Housing and urban Social mix and urban regeneration: In 2000, a law called Solidarité et Renouvellement Urbains renewal (urban solidarity and renewal [SRU]) came into force in France. Its main goals are to tackle (France, urban segregation and to strengthen solidarity amongst citizens. It promoted a housing-tenure England, and mix through legal requirements: By 2020, every commune (municipality) in urban areas should Wales) reach a minimum of 20 percent of social housing in its housing stock. (More information: www.aurg.org/sru/sru.htm) In England and Wales, the National Planning Policy Framework requires local planning authorities to provide for the "objectively assessed need" for market and affordable housing in their area. This involves policies (common to many planning authorities) that require developers to include a percentage of affordable housing in their developments. But most of the delivery of that "objectively assessed need" comes through the investment decisions of local housing trusts and housing associations. In practice, this means that a variety of local actors have to collaborate to meet the local authority’s objectives. (A good example of this collaboration across agencies and with government and regional bodies is Salford’s plan to renew the Pendleton district: http://www.salford.gov.uk/creatinganewpendleton.htm) Source: Colini at al., 2013: 28, 30. Urban neighborhood regeneration projects need to be supported by a broad range of public and private actors—including public agencies, landlords, residents, and businesses. Participation of local stakeholders from the onset of the Program is vital. Local people should have a say in the direction of the intervention, its design, and implementation. Conflicts are unavoidable and need to be well managed in a spirit of transparency and equity. 26 3 The CLLD Framework in Romania Building on the previous description of the overall community-led local development approach at the EU level, this chapter turns to Romania to assess the main elements needed for developing an effective CLLD delivery system. The first section describes the set of potential policy objectives for CLLD, as reflected by current EU-level priorities for the 2014–2020 programming period, by which Romania must abide. This chapter then describes the full range of areas where CLLD could be deployed in Romania and shows several examples of potential target territories. The third section provides key data on a potential budget for the CLLD Priority Axis, noting the types of activities that could be supported and to what extent. The final section discusses issues related to the coordination of different Cohesion and Structural Funds within the CLLD program. 3.1 Identifying the objectives The Common Strategic Framework (CSF) of the EU’s Cohesion Policy 2014–2020 seeks to improve coordination and secure a more targeted use of the EU’s structural f unds. It sets out 11 thematic objectives (Box 3). Box 3. The 11 thematic objectives of the Common Strategic Framework (Article 9) Each CSF Fund should support the following thematic objectives in accordance with its mission, to contribute to the Union strategy for smart, sustainable, and inclusive growth: (1) strengthening research, technological development and innovation; (2) enhancing access to, and use and quality of, information and communication technologies; (3) enhancing the competitiveness of small and medium-sized enterprises, the agricultural sector (for the EAFRD) and the fisheries and aquaculture sector (for the EMFF); (4) supporting the shift towards a low-carbon economy in all sectors; (5) promoting climate-change adaptation, risk prevention, and management; (6) protecting the environment and promoting resource efficiency; (7) promoting sustainable transport and removing bottlenecks in key network infrastructures; (8) promoting employment and supporting labor mobility; (9) promoting social inclusion and combating poverty; (10) investing in education, skills, and lifelong learning; (11) enhancing institutional capacity and an efficient public administration. Thematic objectives should be translated into priorities specific to each CSF Fund and set out in the fund-specific rules. Source: COM(2011) 615 final/2 on March 14 2012: 35. 27 The Priority Axis dedicated to CLLD in urban areas is programmed under thematic objective 9: promoting social inclusion and combating poverty. For ERDF and ESF, the CLLD approach is linked to several investment priorities (see Table 1). Table 1. ERDF and ESF investment priorities that refer directly to CLLD Fund Relevant fund-specific investment priority ERDF Investments undertaken in the context of CLLD strategies (investment priority 9d) (In line with an agreement reached in the trialogue discussions on Article 5[9] ERDF) ESF C(vi) Community-led local development strategies (ESF Regulation ESF COM [2011] 607 final/2 of 14 March 2012, page 12) In line with the Commission’s view, CLLD is recognized in Romania as a flexible tool for meeting the needs of different areas. Due to its integrated and multisectoral nature, according to EC guidance, CLLD is also expected to contribute to other thematic objectives and priorities of the ERDF and ESF funds (Table 2). Table 2. ERDF and ESF investment priorities to which CLLD could contribute Fund Fund-specific priorities ERDF and (8) Promoting employment and supporting labor mobility ESF (10) Investing in education, skills, and lifelong learning (11) Enhancing institutional capacity and an efficient public administration (ESF Regulation ESF COM [2011] 607 final/2 of 14 March 2012, pages 11-12 and ERDF Regulation COM [2011] 614 final of 6 October 2011, pages 12-14) ERDF (4) Supporting the shift towards a low-carbon economy in all sectors through investment in… (c) supporting energy efficiency and renewable energy use in public infrastructures and in the housing sector (6) Protecting the environment and promoting resource efficiency through investments in (a) waste sector and (b) water sectors, as well as through (e) actions to improve the urban environment, including regeneration of brown field sites and reduction of air pollution (7) Promoting sustainable transport and removing bottlenecks in key network infrastructures through investment in (c) developing environment-friendly and low-carbon transport systems and promoting sustainable urban mobility (ERDF Regulation COM[2011] 614 final of 6 October 2011, pages 12-14) ESF (2) Enhancing access to, and use and quality of, information and communication technologies through (b) the development of digital literacy, investment in e-inclusion, e- skills, and related entrepreneurial skills (ESF Regulation ESF COM [2011] 607 final/2 of 14 March 2012, page 13) 28 In the context of CLLD, ESF funding could be used, inter alia, to finance a number of specific actions (Box 4). Box 4. Actions relevant to CLLD for which the ESF can be used (among others)  Providing access to employment for job seekers through training and measures adapted to the local labor- market needs  Improving the sustainable integration of young people not in employment, education, or training  Taking measures to reduce leaving school early  Promoting equality between men and women in terms of access to employment and career development, by combating gender stereotypes in education and training, reducing gender-based segregation in the labor market, developing female entrepreneurship, and promoting reconciliation of work and personal life for men and women  Developing individual pathways to integration and re-entry into employment for currently inactive people  Improving the integration of marginalized communities like the Roma and combating discrimination based on sex, racial or ethnic origin, religion or belief, disability, age, or sexual orientation  Promoting the social economy and social enterprises Source: Guidance on CLLD, European Commission , April 2013: 14. In terms of targeting, we propose that in cities and towns in Romania, CLLD will primarily focus on urban marginalized areas defined based on a set of key indicators related to human capital, employment, and housing dimensions, as detailed in the Atlas of Urban Marginalized Areas and summarized in the next section. As mentioned in the Atlas, 28 percent of Romania’s total urban population lives in different types of disadvantaged urban areas and 3.2 percent reside in (severely deprived) urban marginalized areas, as per the definition provided below and in the Atlas. To ensure the approach is sufficiently focused, we believe that the best option for cities and urban areas is to concentrate CLLD primarily on these urban marginalized areas. A little more than 340,000 people live in these marginalized areas, spread over 263 cities and the capital, Bucharest. The urban marginalized areas, with their subtypes —including ghettos, slums, historical areas, and areas of modernized social housing —are the most affected by poverty and social exclusion and the most exposed to discrimination.34 However, in addition to the marginalized areas, the territory targeted by the future local partnerships (the LAGs) should address the functional urban area, which includes these marginalized areas but also the neighboring areas, which directly affect the marginalized ones. 35 Although other types of urban disadvantaged areas could, in principle, be considered along with urban marginalized areas as possible candidates for receiving CLLD interventions, such a strategy risks spreading resources too thinly, leading to a potential loss of effectiveness. Other disadvantaged areas could be targeted by EU- or government-funded programs other than CLLD. 34 See section 2.5 on subtypes of urban marginalization in the Atlas of Urban Marginalized Areas. 35 See Box 6, Lessons learned for future interventions, lesson 6. 29 3.2 Definition of urban marginalized areas A review of the literature on marginalization in Romania shows that three main criteria for defining and analyzing different types of urban marginalized areas exist, namely: human capital (usually education, health and family size), employment and housing conditions. This report and the accompanying atlas use both the terms "disadvantaged" and "marginalized" urban areas. Urban “disadvantaged” areas are, in our definition, areas which meet one or two of the abovementioned criteria. An example is an area that is disadvantaged on housing. In contrast, urban "marginalized” areas refer to areas where all three criteria are met and that thus have low human capital, low formal employment and poor housing. The urban marginalized areas often consist of socially isolated poor areas within cities and towns in Romania and as such are not always well reflected in average poverty statistics at the locality or county level. These are often pockets of social exclusion. The qualitative research confirmed that these are areas with a high concentration of people with low human capital (little education, poor health and or a high number children), low formal employment, and with poor housing conditions. We propose that these urban marginalized area are the most appropriate areas to be targeted by the urban community-led local development (CLLD) approach and program. 3.3 Current interventions in urban marginalized areas and lessons learned Initial discussions of the World Bank team with civil society and academia revealed that although different approaches for the integration of urban disadvantaged communities have been tried in Romania, a comprehensive review is missing. There is a lack of knowledge on how the few urban-integration policies and programs have actually performed in the field, what practices seem particularly successful and why, and what experiences successfully “play” the often rigid government systems to ensure responsive and effective program delivery. Formal household surveys applied in Romania lack policy-relevant questions on the performance of urban integration strategies. The literature review performed in the first phase of research showed that the best-documented interventions in urban marginalized areas propose radical actions. Since in most of the marginalized areas buildings are sordid (some on the verge of collapse), sanitation is appalling (due to lack of running water and sewerage), forms of violence, quarrels (aggravated by overcrowded homes), and small crimes are widespread, local authorities’ main interventions have aimed at "cleaning" the area or catching offenders. Radical interventions that employ force such as demolitions and scattering residents “back to where they come from” lead to noninclusive and inconsiderate measures for citizens, includi ng care and attention to children. Such actions institutionalize the social exclusion and deny some children who already live and grow up in misery of any chance to escape poverty and marginalization. Actions to date have usually been hasty and force-based, often destroying the few goods that occupants possess. Interventions involving cooperation between local authorities and institutions from the field of health, education, culture, religion, or nongovernmental organizations—as well as working together with residents—have been quite rare. A qualitative study carried out in 10 cities found that the main types of interventions in urban development either already realized or foreseen by the local authorities refer to infrastructure: paved or asphalted roads, running water, gas, sewerage, public transportation, and new buildings or neighborhoods. All these actions imply consistent logistic, material, and administrative processes that do not involve simple citizens. Nearly all municipalities developed actions in some disadvantaged areas. These actions particularly related to the 30 social housing in mayoralties' administration. Such actions range from full renovation of buildings to small repairs. The main lessons to be considered for future CLLD interventions include the following: 1. According to the law, municipalities cannot invest public money in private structures, which makes difficult interventions in marginalized areas with privately owned buildings. 36 2. In most cases, the renovated buildings quickly become damaged. Local authorities tend to blame the residents’ lifestyles, lack of education, inability to preserve and value goods, or simply neglect, whereas the residents of marginalized areas claim low-quality construction materials and works are at fault. 3. Repairing common installations is usually unsustainable because the number of residents (users) is too high in relation to the technical capacity of the system. 4. Sometimes repair involves just small fixes, using all sorts of materials from demolished or old buildings. Although useful in case of emergencies, these types of patchwork solutions add to the erratic aspect of the building and are perceived by beneficiaries as a sign of disrespect. 5. Nearly all municipalities have developed playgrounds for children in recent years, but very few in the marginalized areas, even though the residents see playground development as a community priority. 6. Investments in refurbishment of a ghetto block of flats or a slum area are highly visible. The general population does not always consider that the people from marginalized area deserve such investments from public funds. As a result these investments may result in loss of political capital. 7. In any intervention, the affordability of the new structures or services is a key issue, since low-income households constitute most of the marginalized areas. 8. Investment funding availability in marginalized areas (e.g. PHARE program for Roma or the structural funds) has boosted the interest of local authorities in these areas. Social-educational interventions targeting children are far fewer and smaller in scale. Day-care centers, multifunctional centers, and other facilities that offer meals, clothes, access to social benefits and services, and leisure activities have been developed by municipalities, usually in cooperation with donors or NGOs. Many of these projects included participatory elements at the donor's request —often as a formality, "on paper," and not genuine. Interventions in the area of employment (including training), socioeconomic initiatives, and “soft” projects in the sociocultural field have been even fewer in the urban marginalized areas. Major problems related to these types of interventions include: (1) they are small-scale (affecting 20-60 persons or children), although some are quite expensive; (2) they are strongly dependent on the existence of donor funding; (3) many have high running costs; and (4) their impact can be observed only in the long term. Especially for these reasons, some have shrunk significantly during the crisis period. 36 Nonetheless, in national programs such as the one for improving energy efficiency through the thermal rehabilitation of blocks of flats, private buildings can participate as long as they are organized in associations and support a certain share of total costs. The ghetto areas privately owned are rarely organized in associations, and in any case the residents cannot support any costs. It is not clear why this program was not applied to ghettos owned partly by the mayoralty and partly by residents. 31 The integrated urban interventions are the least numerous. These are complex actions with large budgets. However, in terms of hard-impact indicators, they have not resulted (at least so far) in increased employment, enhanced incomes, diminished discrimination (against the residents of marginalized communities, Roma or other), or improved public image of these areas. To some extent, however, it seems that children’s participation in school has somewhat improved, at least according to our interviewees, which is an encouraging outcome. Children must represent the main target of such interventions since they are the residents who have the best chance of breaking the vicious cycle of poverty —provided they receive the appropriate protection and support. We can identify two main implementation patterns by analyzing projects considered to exhibit best practices in urban integration: 1. The first implementation pattern corresponds to projects in which the public authorities were the main party responsible for the intervention. It often includes short to medium time frames, big budgets, a focus on large-scale interventions for infrastructure and housing, and some soft interventions but with no formal or small-community participation. This implementation pattern seems to generate projects with low financial and social sustainability. 2. The second implementation pattern refers to projects in which the civil society (NGO, donor) was the main party responsible for the intervention. The pattern usually comprises medium to long time frames, rather small budgets, a focus on soft interventions (although it might also include small-scale interventions for infrastructure and housing), with medium to high community participation. Accordingly, these projects have low financial sustainability but medium to high social sustainability. Box 5. The dominant models of urban interventions until now in Romania Main party responsible for intervention Public authorities Civil society Interventions on infrastructure (including Large scale Small scale housing) Budget Large Small Community participation None (formal) or small Medium to high Time frame Short to medium Medium to long Financial sustainability Low Low Social sustainability Low Medium The best option would be to develop a third pattern of integrated interventions implemented through cooperation among local authorities, marginalized communities, and civil society, which is exactly the CLLD philosophy. However, for the time being, such experiences are rara avis in Romania and the culture of participation and cooperation (including inter-institutional) is weak. 32 Box 6. Lessons learned for future urban interventions 1. Beginning with the main problems of the marginalized communities, the need for a national legislative framework becomes apparent. This framework should provide regulations in the following areas: • National housing policy (yet to be developed) • Land property in slums areas • Modification and enforcement of Law 15/2003 (mayoralty leases construction of property to local people selected based on certain criteria) • Investments in collective buildings owned partly by municipality and partly by owners • In collaboration with the National Authority for Regulating and Monitoring Public Procurement (ANRMAP), allow construction companies that hire people from marginalized communities to receive additional points in public tenders • Change of fiscal rules for calculating the interests and penalties on unpaid taxes owed to the state or local budgets by social tenants • Settlement of historic debts related to social housing services In addition, at the city level, land-use and housing strategies across the whole functional urban area—the de facto city—need to be developed to prevent the proliferation of extreme segregation. (European Commission, 2011) 2. Any intervention in marginalized areas should be integrated to combine investments in housing and infrastructure with components aimed at: employment, education of children and adults, hygienic services, parental education courses, family planning, hot meals for children, life-skills development (at least for teenagers), fighting discrimination, community empowerment, and any other social, medical, or cultural activities. A national scheme of vocational training needs to be made available for adults who have little or no formal education (at most, eight classes) tailored to the adults from marginalized areas. 3. The projects for developing marginalized areas must search for innovative solutions that are affordable for the poor, while also aiming to increase family incomes within the community. Only in this way can the intervention be sustained and the quality of life enhanced. 4. To make the community accountable, the intervention must rely on clear, predictable, and transparent rules and procedures that are publicly debated, agreed to by all stakeholders, and put into action. For example, an explicit, disseminated local policy to regulate social housing would add value to the relationship between tenants and the mayoralty. A clear set of penalties and rewards has to be formulated so that desirable behaviors are acknowledged and thus rewarded, while undesirable ones are discouraged. It is useful to disseminate both positive and negative examples. 5. Intervention in marginalized areas needs to be medium- or long-term, with a preparatory phase of one to two years in which both local authorities and the marginalized community learn to communicate, build a partnership between equals, and create a participatory environment with well-defined, predictable, and transparent rules. 6. The actions in marginalized areas must be balanced with interventions in non-marginalized communities, to make the project visible and to increase its odds of being accepted and valued by all citizens. Non-marginalized neighboring areas should have a dedicated component and should actively participate from the preparatory phase. This is a way to foster social integration and may also represent an incentive for the local authorities. 33 7. Sustainable success = f(budget, time frame, participation, integration of area-based and people-based interventions) Tailored interventions Interventions should take into account differences related to the following dimensions: • Infrastructure (block of flats versus slum areas versus social housing) • Property (owners versus tenants in social houses versus people living in improvised shelters) • Community participation (communities concentrated in blocks of flats versus communities spread over large territories) • Leadership (communities with strong informal leaders versus communities with no strong leaders) • History of the area (old or traditional neighborhoods versus newly emerged) 8. Interventions centered on children are more likely to have positive spillover at the community level and increase the level of collective support from inhabitants who do not benefit directly from the project. Source: World Bank, Second Preliminary Report of the project (June 2013). In the specific Romanian context, to date no incentives have been offered to tackle urban decline or target funding towards segregated neighborhoods, and the general provisions of spending EU funding offered very limited opportunities. Apart from these concerns, the design of interventions has not adopted an integrated approach. The shortage of resources at the national level makes inevitable the use of (future) available funding, especially taking into account the problem of vulnerable communities, Roma and non-Roma. Given the position of the Commission Services on the development of partnership agreement and programs in Romania for the period 2014–2020 and the CSRs for Romania, the government should aim to launch initiatives specifically benefiting marginalized communities, especially in rural areas and in particular for the Roma; to improve accessibility of social and health services; to reduce early school leaving; to eliminate school segregation; and to fight discrimination against Roma. 3.4 The geography of community-led local development We propose that all parts of the country be considered for CLLD implementation. In line with the Guidance on CLLD (section 2.2), the urban areas where CLLD is to be applied should be selected based on criteria related to size and coherence of the cities and towns. In terms of size, the targeted population covered by a local partnership (the LAG) should not be fewer than 10,000 or more than 150,000 inhabitants.37 So, 185 cities plus the six sectors of Bucharest are eligible for CLLD. The other 134 cities of the country have less than 10,000 inhabitants and are eligible for LEADER, as members of local partnerships (LAGs), together with neighboring communes, when they cover a territory with an overall population of between 10,00 and 150,00 inhabitants. Of the 185 cities eligible for CLLD, 91 have up to 20,000 inhabitants, which means that they are also eligible for LEADER; hence they can opt between the two programs. A mechanism to verify that these cities do not 37 In accordance with the Proposal for Common Provisions Regulation Article 29.6 following an agreement reached in trialogue negotiations. 34 apply for both programs must be put in place. For example, an eligibility criteria should exclude those cities with a LAG that has submitted a Local Development Strategy for financing under LEADER. The eligible cities (according to population size) are distributed across all regions and counties of the country (see Map 1 and Map 2 below, and Annex 3). As for the coherence criterion, the territory targeted by a local action group (LAG) should be economically, socially, and physically coherent. Here, coherence is understood in relation to the “functionality” of the area in supporting the aims of the Local Development Strategy. In this sense, the territory should cover one or more urban marginalized areas (such as a ghetto formed by a block of flats), along with the functional urban area which incorporates these areas. Map 1. Distribution of cities by population size and region (number) 35 Map 2. Distribution of cities by population size and county (number) Deciding the precise boundaries of the local areas is the LAGs’ responsibility. This will help to ensure that these boundaries are consistent with the scope of the local strategy. Thus, the shape and boundaries may vary from just one marginalized area in a city to several such areas or to the border and periurban fringe of a larger city. Boundaries may sometimes also cross administrative units. Some examples are provided in the six Conceptual Pilots that accompany this report. Figure 4 and Map 4 provide two illustrations. 36 Figure 4. Possible targeted territory by a future LAG Brăila-Chiscani-Tichilești (Conceptual Pilot 5) Neighborhood s at the entrance in city Brăila Village Albina Commune Chiscani Source: Conceptual Pilot 5, based on Google maps. Note: The boundaries indicated on the left map show the possible boundaries of the territory covered by the LAG. The map at right shows the urban marginalized community within that territory. The marginalized area KM 10 is a ghetto in a former workers’ colony, found in the periurban area of Brăila city (over 180,000 inhabitants). The land on which the ghetto is situated belongs to Chiscani commune, neighboring Brăila city. A large number of children from KM 10 ghetto attend school in a nearby village (Albina) that belongs to commune Tichilesti, while others go to schools in a neighborhood situated at the entrance of city Brăila. Conceptual Pilot 5 shows a possible Local Integration Strategy for KM 10 developed by a future LAG Br ăila- Chiscani-Tichilesti. A crucial question for each EU Member State applying the CLLD approach is whether ERDF and ESF will be used for CLLD outside urban areas. In our opinion, in Romania CLLD should focus on the urban marginalized areas in cities with 20,000 inhabitants or more (94 cities in the country). Nonetheless, ghettos that have emerged in former worker colonies have need of partnerships (LAGs) that are led by urban groups but which also include rural stakeholders. This exception concerns in particular areas situated in periurban areas of larger cities, next to former industrial areas (see example in Figure 3). 37 Map 3. Possible targeted territory by a future Slobozia LAG (Conceptual Pilot 4) Marginalized area UGIRA and disadvantaged area Zona 500 selected in Slobozia (Conceptual Pilot 4) Source: The Atlas of Urban Marginalized Areas in Romania. Note: With its 45,891 inhabitants, the entire surface area of Slobozia city can be considered for implementing integration projects aimed at disadvantaged urban areas using the CLLD approach. Conceptual Pilot 4 presents a possible strategy for the marginalized area UGIRA (ghetto of blocks of flats) and the disadvantaged area Zona 500, situated in its immediate vicinity. For more details, including a description of the different types of disadvantaged urban areas (color codes), see The Atlas of Urban Marginalized Areas in Romania. 38 3.5 Potential applicants As the introduction noted, MA ROP sent a questionnaire to all urban administrative units in Romania. Local authorities were asked to provide information on whether urban marginalized communities existed in their city, as well their precise location, type, estimated population, estimated dwellings (and tenure), and the proportion of Roma population living in the area. The total response rate of this survey was 68 percent. An overview of the results of this survey and the maps at city level are presented in The Atlas of Urban Marginalized Areas. In total, 26 mayors’ offices declared that no marginalized areas exist within their city. Fo r about half (154) of all cities (319), the existence of urban marginalized areas —as identified by the analysis of the census data — were confirmed by the mayors’ offices’ assessments. For the other half, mayors’ offices did not provide a response to the questionnaire (103 cities) provided incomplete data (17), or responded that in their city there were no marginalized areas (26). Table 3. Estimation of the potential number of applicants to the CLLD axis of ROP based on the attitude of mayoralties indicated by the survey on marginalized urban areas All cities in 10,000– >20,000– <10,000 >150,000 Romania Bucharest (6 20,000 150,000 inhabitants inhabitants except sectors) inhabitants inhabitants Bucharest All cities, of which: 134 91 82 12 319 6 Did not respond 51 27 19 6 103 2 City reported no marginalized 15 9 2 0 26 0 areas City reported some areas but 10 5 1 1 17 1 with incomplete data City provided information about 58 50 60 5 173 3 marginalized areas Number of potential city * 50 60 5 115 3 applicants to CLLD Data: MA ROP, Survey on urban marginalized areas within the cities from Romania, November 2013. Note: Incomplete data included cities that reported only very small areas (<100 inhabitants, total, per city).* Cities below 10,000 inhabitants are out of the scope of the CLLD axis. The responses and quality of the reported data from the mayors’ offices to the survey allows us to make a rough estimate of the potential number of applicants to the CLLD program (see Table 3). This is, however, only indicative, as (1) no funding was linked to participation in the survey, and (2) the animation and information campaign on the CLLD program had not yet started. Most likely, the application to the call for expression of interest will require more time and effort than participation in the MA ROP survey. On the one hand, the complexity of the call could diminish the number of potential applicants, and on the other hand, the availability of funding could raise interest, thereby increasing participation. Based on the available data, we expect around 100-115 applications,38 at least for the call for expressions of interest. The distribution of potential applicants by region is shown in Table 4. 38 The estimation also took into account the results of the WB survey on ROP beneficiaries regarding the perceptions of benefits/costs of ROP projects (The World Bank, 2013a, 42). 39 Table 4. Estimated number of potential applicants to the CLLD axis North- South- South- North- Bucharest- Urban South West Centre East East West West Ilfov Romania 19 9 14 9 17 20 25 5 118 Data: NIS, Population and Housing Census 2011 and MA ROP, Survey on urban marginalized areas within the cities from Romania, November 2013. 3.6 Funding CLLD in Romania The Romania Partnership Agreement sets out CLLD in urban areas as a multifund priority axis. The estimated total ERDF budget for CLLD is abo ut €100 million. No information is yet available on the ESF budget allocated to CLLD. Romania has decided to use the opportunities provided in the CLLD guidelines to combine different EU funds and use CLLD to implement integrated, multisectoral, area-based strategies for addressing urban marginalization that are drawn up by local partnerships. Funding the strategies through combined EU structural and cohesion funds increases the total budget available for implementing the local strategies and permits a broader scope of the interventions. However, the multifund option has its disadvantages too. Strategies that are financed through multiple funds are more complex to design and implement and require solid experience with the delivery of urban development. According to the CLLD guidance provided by the EC, this option “could prove difficult to implement for groups experimenting local development for the first time. It will therefore be crucial to analyze the capacity of LAGs and to choose an appropriate division of tasks between the LAGs and the authorities responsible for the design and implementation of the Program. Solid preparation and capacity building actions should be organized to enhance their administrative capacity”39. Most LAGs for addressing urban marginalization in Romania will have to be newly established. They will need to include representatives of poor communities, along with civil society, private sectors, and local public institutions. Most likely, these partnerships will initially be led by mayoralties. Given the weak participation culture and the low capacity of local stakeholders, working together to design and implement a strategy that is based on a true partnership requires a consistent effort from all parties. Implementation also needs very solid support for mobilizing the marginalized communities and other stakeholders for preparing the LAGs to manage the strategies funded by ERDF and ESF. Setting a minimum budget will be important to prevent spreading resources too thinly (Box 7). 39 European Commission, Common Guidance of the European Commission’s Directorates, p. 29. 40 Box 7. The need for a minimum budget Although there are risks of inappropriate spending if the budgets are too large, experience has shown that the main danger is that Managing Authorities will spread the budget too thinly as a result of political pressure from applicants. The experience of both LEADER and Axis 4 of the EFF has shown that the minimum size of a budget for a fully-fledged integrated Local Development Strategy is around €3 million of public funding for the entire period, depending also on the area and population covered by the strategy. Below this level it seems difficult to go beyond small-scale “soft” investments in specific fields and to support the running costs of the partnerships and the animation of the local community. Source: Guidance on CLLD, European Commission , April 2013: 24. One objective of the Conceptual Pilots produced for each of the six different subtypes of marginalized areas was to estimate the necessary budgets for CLLD interventions that would help achieve the goals that local strategies identified. Before presenting the analysis of the budget information, we should note an important caveat. In the absence of feasibility studies and proper needs assessments in the urban marginalized areas, most local authorities provided only rough estimations or even “guesstimates.” However, the data offer some ideas for an appropriate budget for implementing a Local Integration Strategy under the CLLD program. Table 5 shows that to achieve its goals, an integrated, multisectoral, area-based strategy for an urban marginalized area in Romania needs a budget that varies from €6.3 million to 10.6 million in a “maximum scenario,” and €4.1 million to 7.5 million in a “minimum scenario.” 40 Of the total budget, a share of 50-80 percent could be covered by ERDF, while the rest could come from ESF. This implies that with a total ERDF budget of €100 million, complemented by a corresponding €50 million from ESF, Romania should be able to properly finance a total of 17-18 local CLLD strategies during 2014– 2022. For CLLD strategies financed by multiple funds, strict demarcation lines between the scope of intervention for ERDF and that for ESF should be avoided. However, a beneficiary cannot claim a reimbursement for the same expenditure item from different sources. Thus a Managing Authority should not reject a project for financing with the argument that it also falls under the eligibility of the other fund, as long as the project meets the following conditions: it corresponds to the objectives of the fund, it is coherent with the Local Integration Strategy, and it complies with relevant legislation. In this respect, we recommend keeping the cross-financing option to allow financing of soft measures also from ERDF funds. This is particularly advisable for investments in some types of infrastructure, such as social housing and sanitation facilities. To ensure sustainability, such projects should be accompanied by activities like education campaigns, aimed at area inhabitants, regarding the optimal use of the new infrastructure and for limiting negative experiences 40 The two scenarios differ in the number of years considered for the payment of salaries of personnel hired with the strategy. The maximum scenario calculates salaries for seven years, while the minimum scenario does that for three years. The second scenario is more realistic, given the usual duration of the selection process of EU-financed projects in Romania. The budgets used for the analysis are presented in Annex 4. 41 like non-acceptance, monopoly, conflicts. These activities fall under informal education (not under formal training programs, usually financed under ESF) so it could be more beneficial to finance both infrastructure and education activities related to infrastructure usage under ERDF. The budget scenarios presented in Table 5 are built based on this logic. Table 5. Appropriate budget for local CLLD strategies: a maximum and a minimum scenario Region: Centre South-East South South-East City: Târgu Mureș Brăila Slobozia Brăila Valea Rece - Improvised UGIRA and Historical Marginalized area: Lacu Dulce shelters Zona 500 Centre Slum of Ghetto in Historical Type of marginalized area: improvised Slum of houses blocks of flats area shelters Maximum scenario (payments for 7 years) Estimated total budget: - EURO 10,555,000 6,256,000 9,443,000 8,051,000 - percent, of which: 100 100 100 100 ERDF 48.3 31.3 49.7 65.9 ERDF cross-financing (max 10 percent) 4.6 3.5 4.0 0.5 Running costs of LAG (under ERDF) 9.5 16.0 10.6 12.6 ERDF TOTAL 62.3 50.8 64.3 79.0 ESF 37.2 49.2 35.4 21.0 ESF cross-financing (max 10 percent) 0.5 0.0 0.3 0.0 ESF Total 37.7 49.2 35.7 21.0 Minimum scenario (payments for 3 years) Estimated total budget: - EURO 7,741,000 4,070,000 7,023,000 6,625,000 - percent, of which: 100 100 100 100 ERDF 63.2 43.2 64.0 76.3 ERDF cross-financing (max 10 percent) 3.0 2.7 2.6 0.6 Running costs of LAG (under ERDF) 9.2 17.6 10.2 10.9 ERDF TOTAL 75.4 63.5 76.8 87.8 ESF 23.9 36.5 22.7 12.2 ESF cross-financing (max 10 percent) 0.7 0.0 0.4 0.0 ESF Total 24.6 36.5 23.2 12.2 Source: Conceptual Pilots 1, 2, 4 and 6. See Annex 4 on Analysis of Budgets for examples of Local Integration Strategies for different types of urban marginalized areas. 42 Table 6 summarizes all information related to budget, including the fixed costs for running the CLLD Priority Axis based on the structure presented in Figure 4 and the average cost for implementing the local partnerships’ strategies. Table 6. Estimation of the total budget needed for a proper implementation of 17-18 urban CLLD strategies, including building capacity and raising awareness EURO JMC secretariat (with 3 permanent staff) 450,000 RDAs (2 permanent staff for CLLD) 2,500,000 Organizing joint selection (including pool of expert evaluators) 200,000 JMC—M&E and impact activities 120,000 JMC—Budget for studies 500,000 RDAs—M&E and impact activities 230,000 Preparatory phase and animation 11,500,000 LAGs—implementation of 17-18 local development strategies 150,000,000 TOTAL 165,500,000 ERDF contribution 100,000,000 ESF contribution 65,500,000 Note: JMC: Joint Monitoring Committee, RDA: Regional Development Agency, LAG: Local Action Group. What can be financed through CLLD The CLLD guidelines issued by the EC41 identify five types of support each Program under CLLD must provide. These include: 1. the costs of preparatory support; 2. implementation of operations under the CLLD strategy; 3. preparation and implementation of cooperation activities of the LAG; 4. running costs linked to the management of the implementation of the strategy; and 5. animation of the CLLD strategy. The EC guidelines spell out that support for running costs and animation should not exceed 25 percent of 42 the total public expenditure incurred within the Local Development Strategy . Chapter 4 explains each type of support in further detail. 41 European Commission, Common Guidance of the European Commission’s Directorates, p. 44. 42 Proposal for Common Provisions Regulation Article 31 following an agreement reached in trialogue negotiations. 43 3.7 Coordination between funds The coordination between funds and the management of jointly funded strategies could be based on the following arrangements (Figure 5). Figure 5. Mechanisms for ensuring the coordination between funds Joint Monitoring Committee (JMC) Ministry of European Fund (MFE) MA ROP-MRDPA MA SOP HRD-MEF (ERDF) Lead fund (ESF) Joint Intermediate Bodies (RDAs) LAGs Cities and urban marginalized areas A Joint Monitoring Committee at the national level could be set up as a specific coordination structure for urban CLLD for both ERDF and ESF funds.43 This could be governed by the Ministry of European Funds. The MA ROP (MRDPA) and MA SOP HRD (MEF) should be represented. This is to be established specifically for the CLLD program and is different from the already existing monitoring committees under ROP or SOP HRD. A technical secretariat should be attached to this committee to ensure the continuous monitoring of the whole Program. The secretariat should become operational at the start of the Program and should have a permanent staff of three specialists: two monitoring specialists—one for ERDF, one for ESF—and a coordinator. Management of the urban CLLD Priority Axis as a whole should be delegated to a joint intermediate body for both ROP and SOP HRD.44 Such a body would build on the experience of LEADER during 2007 –2013 (see Annex 2). The Regional Development Agencies (RDAs) have the experience and the capacity to play this role. Establishing such a body simplifies procedures, since a single body would coordinate the application 43 This structure is to be established specifically for the CLLD Program, and it is different from the already existing monitoring committees under ROP or SOP HRD. 44 Article 113(6) of the legal proposal for Common Provision Regulation (for ERDF and ESF) allows delegating the implementation of program parts Programto an intermediate body. 44 process, reporting of progress on Local Development Strategy implementation, and strategy revision. The EC’s CLLD guidance also recognizes this advantage 45. To fulfill the role of Intermediate Bodies, at the onset of the program the RDAs should hire Program two specialists, one in ERDF and one in ESF regulations (European and national aspects), who also have good knowledge of mobilization and activation (animation) of urban marginalized communities. If both ERDF and ESF finance the implementation of CLLD strategies in cities and urban areas, a lead fund could be identified.46 We believe that the ERDF should be designated as the lead fund to support all running and animation costs of preparing and implementing the local CLLD strategies. Although the use of a lead fund is optional, we believe that this would be the best option in Romania. This view is based on the type of activities likely to be funded under the local CLLD strategies for urban marginalized areas (see Conceptual Pilots). The Managing Authorities should set up a (joint) special committee to facilitate consistency between funds for selection and approval of the CLLD strategies. 45 European Commission, Common Guidance of the European Commission’s Directorates, p. 37. 46 Proposal for Common Provisions Regulation Article 28.4 following an agreement reached in trialogue negotiations. 45 4 Operationalizing CLLD in urban areas in Romania Having discussed the CLLD approach and its scope and principles for application in Romania, we now turn to the proposed elements of the CLLD launch in urban marginalized areas. The following sections begin with the proposed sequence of phases and their corresponding timeline for CLLD’s rollout over the 2014–2020 programming period. This is followed by a detailed description of the initial phases, first ensuring that adequate capacity exists at central and regional levels, that support structures are in place, and that a high level of awareness surrounds the new tool and what it is trying to accomplish. Simply put, if local authorities and marginalized communities do not know that this instrument is available, they cannot apply for financing under the ROP axis. The next section presents a sample call for expressions of interest. The fourth section then covers the preparatory phase of the rollout process, which essentially aims to inform and mobilize communities, and then to set up the actual Local Action Groups (LAGs) and to help them prepare the Local Integration Strategies. It also offers practical guidance and examples regarding an effective governance structure for the LAGs. The final section discusses the process of selecting Local Integration Strategies for funding. 4.1 Implementation phases and timeline The proposed timeline for the implementation of the CLLD Program in Romania is shown in Figure 6. This timeline is based on the lessons learnt in Romania from LEADER from 2007 –2013 (see Annex 2) and the common provisions of the Guidance on CLLD, European Commission. For setting a realistic timeline, the LEADER 2007–2013 experience showed that, although important steps were taken in 2007–2008, the selection of LAGs and their strategies was completed late. As a result, the effective implementation of the approved Local Development Strategies (LDSs) only began in 2011, and the first contracts for LAG-selected projects were not signed until May 2013. Two reasons for the delay can be identified: (1) the administrative system was insufficiently prepared for the complicated procedures of checks and approvals at different levels, which require extensive time; (2) implementation of a bottom-up approach in Romania needs a strong process of preparation, including awareness and information campaigns at local levels. Consequently, the timeline should allow for a preparatory period of at least two years before the actual implementation of CLLD interventions can start. 46 Figure 6. Proposed implementation phases and timeline for delivering CLLD in Romania, 2014–2022 STEP 1: LAUNCH Put in place the support structures for delivering CLLD, develop joint capacity-building of July 2014 – December 2014 administration, and raise awareness STEP 2: EXPRESSION OF INTEREST Launch the call for expression of interest and January 2015 – June 2015 identify the future CLLD applicants Implement the preparatory phase for 100-115 STEP 3: ESTABLISH LAG & PREPARE applicants, including the establishment of LAGs and LIS the development of Local Integration Strategies July 2015 – June 2016 (LIS) STEP 4: SELECTION Issue the call for proposals for Local Integration Strategies and evaluate and select 17-18 strategies July 2016 – December 2016 (depending on the total available budget) STEP 5: IMPLEMENTATION Selected beneficiaries implement the Local January 2017 – December 2020 Integration Strategies in urban marginalized areas STEP 6: PHASE OUT & EVALUATION Conduct phase out activities and evaluate the performance of the CLLD interventions January 2020 – December 2022 Establishing LAGs and drawing up their Local Integration are crucial components of the CLLD approach. However, LAGs can become a serious bottleneck, as was the case in the LEADER Program. Such a risk can be avoided by launching CLLD, especially for new LAG-partnerships, using a two-stage selection process. This is spelled out in the CLLD guide as follows: “The first selection round of community-led local development strategies shall be completed within two years from the date of the approval of the Partnership Agreement at the latest. Member states may select additional community-led local development strategies after that date but no later than by 31 December 2017 ... Preparatory support can be provided from January 1, 47 2014 onward, and it is recommended that it should be made available until the approval of the last Local Development Strategy”47. It is expected that for the CLLD Priority Axis, many LAGs must be newly established. Perhaps some of the existing Intercommunity Development Associations and multistakeholder local support groups (established under URBACT II Program) could be the seeds of CLLD partnerships and strategies. They should, however, first re-form as LAGs for integrating urban marginalized areas before drawing up and submitting their Local Development Strategies. The remainder of the Integrated Intervention Tool is organized along each of the phases of implementation as proposed in Figure 6. 4.2 Launch: raising awareness and putting in place the support structures The first six months of the Program should be dedicated to (1) a nationwide information campaign regarding CLLD in urban areas, (2) capacity building, and (3) the development of the support structures for CLLD delivery and for finalizing the rules and procedures. Raising awareness and capacity building Before launching the CLLD priority axis, the Managing Authorities should make sure capacity for the CLLD method is strengthened at the central and regional levels. This capacity-building should include the Joint Monitoring Committee, Managing Authorities, Intermediate Bodies (RDAs), and Audit Authorities. Capacity- building activities should be undertaken jointly by the MA ROP and MA SOP HRD. Some training may take into consideration the transfer of knowledge from the staff involved in the LEADER, URBACT, or other relevant ROP Programs to the staff hired for delivering CLLD in cities and other urban areas. Some of the topics covered could include: community mobilization, establishing partnerships (LAGs), the multisectoral and integrated approach, project management, best practices in third-party contracting and public procurement, peer-to-peer learning through ICT networks etc. These activities can be financed under the preparatory support.48 A nationwide awareness-raising campaign on urban marginalized areas should be conducted by the Managing Authorities (MA ROP and MA SOP HRD) and the Intermediate Bodies (RDAs through their 47 Proposal for Common Provisions Regulation Article 29.4 following an agreement reached in trialogue negotiations. Guidance on CLLD, April 2013: 40, 46. 48 Proposal for Common Provisions Regulation Article 31.1(a), following an agreement reached in trialogue negotiations. 48 dedicated CLLD staff), together with the Regional Councils for Development. 49 It should inform all stakeholders on the new financing opportunities for integration of such areas. The CLLD guidance issued by the EC50 states that: “Managing Authorities are encouraged to use technical assistance of the current period to inform the relevant stakeholders how CLLD will be implemented from 2014 onwards (for instance, through organizing seminars, workshops at local level, issuing guidance, etc.). The information campaign should specifically target potential CLLD applicants, including local authorities and existing local community organizations”51. Information such as brochures and posters are to be distributed to inform local governments, civil society, and communities about the project. The information campaign has two main components: (1) providing information about CLLD and new financing opportunities to stakeholders, civil society, local authorities, and target communities; (2) distributing pamphlets, airing public service announcements on radio and television, and delivering information workshops for stakeholders on CLLD program processes and content. These workshops include description of the eligibility criteria, implementation stages and responsibilities, and potential benefits for communities. The Atlas of Urban Marginalized Areas may be used to target awareness and information campaigns to potential CLLD beneficiaries. Establish support structures and clarify procedures and division of roles The experience with the LEADER program during 2007–2013 (Annex 2) has shown that during the pre- application phase, the capacity of staff involved in CLLD delivery at central and regional levels must be increased. In addition, the delivery system must be put in place at regional levels, not limiting skilled staff to the central level only. Support for potential applicants A recent WB study on communication and collaboration between the Managing Authority and Intermediate Bodies of the Regional Operational Program52 brings to attention the need to balance two critical functions that the system of structural funds must fulfill in regard to applicants and beneficiaries: control and sanctions versus partnership and support. On one hand, control aims to ensure that the EU funds are channeled fairly and transparently. On the other hand, the beneficiaries require customized, proactive assistance to be successful in accessing EU funds. Fulfilling one function should not come at the expense of the other. So, legal and institutional methods for ensuring adequate separation of control and support mechanisms should be put in place. The previous ROP experience indicates that RDAs can be well- functioning Intermediate Bodies (IBs) and are well-placed to deliver support to applicants and beneficiaries 49 Within a Development Region, the Regional Council for Development includes all county councils and all local authorities from that region. 50 European Commission, Common Guidance of the European Commission’s Directorates, p. 46. 51 Including Intercommunity Development Associations, and local support groups (established under the URBACT II Program). 52 The World Bank, Assessment of the Communication and Collaboration, Vol. 1, pp. 43-46. 49 on the ground. Furthermore, besides the support mechanisms ROP provides, 53 RDAs often offer more customized, on-demand support for beneficiaries through field visits and ad-hoc interactions and are generally closer than national-level bodies to applicants and beneficiaries. In line with the abovementioned WB assessment, we recommend that RDAs play the role of IBs within the CLLD axis. Their major role would be to provide customized support to LAGs throughout the programming cycle (from project design through the implementation and monitoring of interventions) to ensure that technical assistance is fully aligned with specific beneficiary needs and helps deliver the highest possible impact. This is even more important given that urban marginalized communities face special challenges in accessing relevant information and ensuring smooth project implementation (e.g., ROP financing opportunities, technical documentation, public procurement rules, etc.), and hence require more customized assistance even for a relatively small project. The 2013 World Bank report on Support Mechanisms for ROP Applicants and Beneficiaries presents a list of the typical challenges faced by applicants and beneficiaries of EU structural funds and recommends solutions for addressing current capacity gaps.54 We propose a support structure of eight RDAs-IBs with two dedicated CLLD staff each: one specialist for ERDF and one for ESF55. This staff may seem oversized in relation to a total of 17-18 CLLD strategies that we estimate will be selected and implemented in the country between 2014 and 2020. However, we anticipate a much larger number (100 to 115) of applicants, all of which will need support in preparing their local CLLD strategies. To implement CLLD over the long run (beyond the 2014 –2020 programming period), institutional capacity needs building at regional and local levels, and the issue of urban marginalized areas should be brought to the public agenda. So, the proposed size of the support mechanism represents an investment in the future. Selection of the CLLD strategies for funding According to the Romanian Partnership Agreement, a joint selection committee selects the Local Development Strategies that will be funded for integrating urban marginalized areas . This selection committee will be created under the Joint Monitoring Committee (JMC), in the Ministry of European Funds (MEF), with the participation of both MA ROP and MA SOP HRD (see also Figure 5). The joint selection committee will issue the formal approval of the local CLLD strategies through a written document. Decisions on resource allocation to LAGs will be made during the joint selection of the local CLLD strategies. The local strategy, as proposed by the LAG, will identify support needs from the different funds and Programs in order to implement all aspects of the strategy, including indicative budget allocations. Resource allocation will depend on the needs and projects identified in the Local Development Strategy. The selection committee, when approving the strategy, will also earmark the allocations of each CSF Fund and Program for each CLLD strategy. 53 Resources for applicants and beneficiaries such as specialized web portals, in-person presentations, workshops, caravans, written materials and help desks, mostly in charge of providing assistance over the phone or via e-mail. 54 The World Bank, Support Mechanisms for ROP Applicants and Beneficiaries, Vol. 2. 55 This dedicated CLLD staff at regional levels should also have good knowledge of mobilization and activation (animation) of urban marginalized communities. 50 Selection and approval of projects for implementing CLLD strategies Once the LAGs and the Local Integration Strategies to be financed under the CLLD program are selected, potential applicants will develop project proposals. These include private or public project promoters who apply to the LAG for funding. The CLLD guidance issued by the EC56 states that: “The LAG shall have the task of project selection, which is inherent to the CLLD approach and corresponds to the minimum requirements of the Regulation.” The selection criteria and guidelines will be agreed in con sultation with the joint IBs. The project will subsequently follow a selection process based on procedures common to ERDF and ESF. For example, the ROP selection process includes three main stages: (1) the administrative conformity and eligibility assessment (done by IBs); (2) the technical and financial evaluation (performed by independent evaluators appointed by the MA or, more recently, by the IBs); and (3) the preparation and analysis of the technical project (if needed, e.g., if the project includes construction works) and the precontracting/contracting phase. However, projects that have already been selected by the LAGs should only go through the conformity and eligibility assessment stage, which “should only be a legality check on the eligibility of operations and not a quality assessment or an assessment of the relevance of the project for the local strategy.”57 A streamlined process that would enable single applications, documentation, and evidence pertaining to multiple funds is an ideal situation. But such a process would also present compliance challenges. With this aim in mind, harmonizing ERDF and ESF regulations is vital for making sure that the CLLD approach is manageable and can be delivered effectively at the local level. Implementation of projects and CLLD strategies In general, a selected project will be carried out by the private or public project promoters who applied to the LAG for funding. Depending on their past experience with EU funds and current capacity, applicants and beneficiaries will require support to surpass hurdles specific to the implementation phase. Based on the track record to date, the most challenging issues relate to two key areas: (1) public procurement procedures: depending on the value of the contract, different provisions of the Government Emergency Ordinance 34/2006 have to be applied strictly and diligently; and (2) technical documentation for “hard” projects: the quality of feasibility studies and detailed technical designs have a tremendous impact on how easy it is to implement the project on time. The LAG is responsible for monitoring the implementation of projects aimed at achieving the objectives set in the CLLD strategy, with constant support and technical assistance from the joint IBs (RDAs). Control, payment, and monitoring As CLLD strategies in Romania will be financed by both ERDF and ESF, joint controls could be performed by the Audit Units58 established under the ROP and SOP HRD; otherwise further arrangements need to be introduced by which they can rely on the results of each other’s work. In other words, a situation where a 56 European Commission, Common Guidance of the European Commission’s Directorates, 33. 57 European Commission, Common Guidance of the European Commission’s Directorates, 33. 58 A body under the Romanian Court of Accounts has been designated as Audit Authority for all OPs, in line with the requirements of Article 59 of the Council Regulation 1083/2006. The Audit Authority is independent of the Managing Authorities and the Certifying and Paying Authority, and it answers directly to the EC. 51 project beneficiary faces a high number of duplicative audits from multiple programs should be avoided at all cost. Even for the 2007–2013 programming period, beneficiaries noted the challenges in dealing with many audits. These often distract from the actual work that needs to be done so that projects can be completed on time and EU funds can be absorbed as planned. MA ROP and MA SOP HRD will make the payments for the selected strategies/ projects to beneficiaries. The Certifying and Paying Authority under the MPF is in charge with the certification of expenditures. The JMC will develop a monitoring and evaluation plan, including a set of key indicators and responsibilities for both the IBs and LAGs. The JMC secretariat will centralize and analyze all data collected by LAGs and IBs. The JMC manages the Program’s impact evaluation. The delivery mechanism plays a key role in determining the impact of CLLD. Consequently, the JMC will ensure that the efficiency of the delivery system is assessed during the life of the Program. Tasks of a LAG The MA ROP and MA SOP HRD should facilitate LAG ownership and initiative. Thus, apart from the mandatory minimum tasks shown in Box 8, a LAG should mobilize and provide guidance and assistance, in particular to potential beneficiaries from urban marginalized areas, to ensure the development of a pipeline of projects that contribute to its action plan. A LAG should also carry out promotional and information activities: “The delivery rules must ensure that this animation function is supported, and that LAGs are not seen primarily as an extension of the administrative system.” 59 Box 8. The mandatory minimum tasks of a LAG The tasks of LAGs should include the following:  Building the capacity of local actors to develop and implement operations  Drawing up a nondiscriminatory and transparent selection procedure and objective criteria for the selection of operations, which avoid conflicts of interest and which shall ensure that at least 50 percent of the votes in selection decisions are [from] partners which are not public authorities and shall allow selection by written procedure  Ensuring coherence with the CLLD strategy when selecting operations by prioritizing them according to how they contribute to meeting the strategies’ objectives and target s  Preparing and publishing calls for proposals or an ongoing project-submission procedure, including definition of selection criteria  Receiving applications for support and assessing them  Selecting operations and fixing the amount of support and, where relevant, presenting the proposals to the responsible body for final verification of eligibility before approval  Monitoring the implementation of the CLLD strategy and supported operations and carrying out specific evaluation activities linked to the CLLD strategy (Proposal for Common Provisions Regulation Article 30.3, following an agreement reached in trialogue negotiations ) Source: Guidance on CLLD, European Commission, April 2013:33. 59 European Commission, Common Guidance of the European Commission’s Directorates, 36. 52 However, an appropriate balance is needed between enabling local decision making and governance whilst not overloading local groups with too much administration, particularly if existing capacity is below what is required. This is especially relevant for the newly established LAGs. To ensure the control procedures for CLLD are in line with sound financial management, LAG websites should be established with information on: (1) responsibilities of the institutional bodies involved in approval, control, and payment processes; (2) eligibility rules for both funds involved in the grant contracts between the MAs/joint IBs and the LAG; (3) transparent procedures for avoiding conflicts of interest in the project selection process (e.g. LAGs documenting the project assessment and selection process, for example through published minutes of project-selection meetings). 4.3 Call for expression of interest After the awareness campaign is completed and the support structures have been put in place, a call for expression of interest should be organized, possibly during the period between January and June 2015. The call should be issued jointly by MA ROP and MA SOP HRD. A pool of experts selected by the Managing Authorities and endorsed by the RDAs should be formed to undertake this task under the Joint Monitoring Committee. As section 3.4 shows, the number of potential applications responding to the call for expression of interest can be roughly estimated at 100-115 eligible cities and other urban areas distributed across all regions of the country. All applicants responding to the call for expression of interest will receive support during the preparatory phase for forming a LAG and developing a CLLD strategy, as long as they meet the eligibility criteria (as explained below).60 Dedicated CLLD funds can finance this support. The Intermediate Bodies (RDAs through their dedicated CLLD staff) will offer support to applicants in preparing their expressions of interest. Box 9 models an expression of interest. So, similar to the LEADER program, we propose a noncompetitive call. The declaration of interest serves only a demonstrative role, the better to explain the challenges that should be addressed by the Managing Authorities during the preparatory phase, as well as to evaluate ex-ante the needs, knowledge gaps, and plans for interventions by the local stakeholders. This is valuable information for building capacity at the 60 However, we suggest that any applications proposing a segregated area for a specific vulnerable group (Roma, poor, etc.) as one of their expected outcomes be rejected from this phase. A segregated area is defined as follows: If an area (1) is torn from the vital tissue of the city; (2) offers only housing services; (3) is inhabited by a single group defined in ethnic, social, economic, or cultural terms (e.g. Roma, the poor); (4) has little development potential; and (5) is dependent on a service (for example, public transportation) to access other basic services such as education for children, then the area is “segregated” irrespective of how modern housing conditions are. The problem is exacerbated when the formation of an area involves a relocation process imposed on a vulnerable population. 53 central, regional, and local levels. Even though many of the initial plans included in the declarations of interest will change as a result of the complex negotiation and consu ltations during the LAGs’ formation process, this initial data could be used to subsequently develop a plan to monitor the Program. Box 9. Model of expression of interest EXPRESSION OF INTEREST FOR CLLD INTERVENTIONS FOR INTEGRATION OF URBAN MARGINALIZED AREAS UNDER THE CLLD CALL FOR EXPRESSION OF INTEREST (open January 2015—deadline for submission February 2015) Applicant (Partner 1): Type of institution, city, or development region in which city is situated Urban marginalized areas (UMAs) within the city in which Partner 1 intends to implement a CLLD intervention: UMA’s estimated number Type of UMA (ghetto, Name of UMA Location of UMA of inhabitants slum, etc.) UMA 1 UMA 2 UMA 3 Target groups: What specific vulnerable groups will be targeted by the CLLD intervention? Thematic focus: What specific problems does Partner 1 intend to address using the CLLD method? How will the city ensure the multisectoral, integrated, area-based character of the CLLD intervention? Previous interventions within UMA(s): Include a short description of the projects already implemented within UMA(s) by any local or international organization. Existing data about the UMA(s): Are there studies or rigorous needs assessments about UMA(s)? Please indicate reference and describe. Opportunity for CLLD: What leads you to believe that the CLLD method can be applied in your city in relation to the identified UMA(s) (e.g., previous experience, good collaboration, other local stakeholders interested in the area such as local businesses or civil society, etc.)? Desired results: What are the anticipated results if the CLLD intervention is successful? What change in the future condition of UMA(s) will arise from the intervention? How will this result be verified (e.g. external evaluator)? Link to city development objectives: Under which of the broad city development objectives do the desired results fall? Motivation of Partner 1: Why does your organization want to be involved in a CLLD intervention for integrating an urban marginalized area within your city? Involvement of Partner 1: How will your organization actively contribute to the CLLD intervention (e.g., hosting LAG, financial contribution, animation at local level, resources that can be mobilized, etc.)? Motivation of the UMA: Why does the UMA resident community want to participate in a CLLD intervention? What are the resources available within UMA? How will the city ensure community participation throughout the CLLD 54 process? Local partnership: Which stakeholders does Partner 1 plan to involve in a LAG to ensure a participatory approach? Synergies with other interventions developed at local level: Please describe. Potential to obtain future external funding for to ensure the intervention’s sustainability: Please describe. Dissemination: How will the city document the CLLD process and communicate it to the public and to other cities? (e.g., blog, reports, video diary, photo voice, etc.) Signature: Provide the name of the person responsible for Partner 1, function, signature, stamp, date. The expression of interest should not exceed five (5) pages. One city—One LAG (including all relevant local actors)—One urban marginalized area In theory, larger cities (over 150,000 inhabitants) with many large urban marginalized areas could develop more than one strategy. For example, three Conceptual Pilots refer to different marginalized areas in Brăila city. However, given rather low capacity at the local level, limited human and financial resources, and limited experience with participatory processes, a local institution —even a mayor’s office of a larger city— would face serious challenges in participating in two LAGs or more. So, for 2014 –2020, we recommend one LAG per city, including all relevant local organizations, preferably also the mayoralty. Correspondingly, a single local institution can participate in only one LAG. If more than one applicant applies on behalf of areas situated in the same city, we recommend they be put in contact to try to formulate a common application. During the next period, after the initial learning phase is completed and a pool of LAGs and local strategies already created, these rules could change. 4.4 Preparatory phase: establish LAGs and prepare LISs The preparatory phase serves to help local actors who have responded to the expression of interest set up their LAG and define their Local Development Strategy. This phase can last between six and twelve months, depending on the LAG’s level of experience. As most LAGs will be newly est ablished, the preparatory phase is planned to last closer to one year, from July 2015 to June 2016. At the end of this phase, after the LAGs have developed and submitted their strategies, final selection of strategies takes place. This phase includes capacity building to support the preparation of the strategies. These capacity-building measures are funded through preparatory support. Further capacity-building actions remain eligible throughout the implementation phase but are then supported by the budget for running costs and animation. 55 Main activities and funding of the preparatory phase Preparatory support should be offered as a coherent set of actions which MA ROP and MA SOP HRD coordinate. The two Managing Authorities will design one scheme for CLLD preparatory support in their respective Programs, earmarking a specific part of the CLLD budget for this purpose. According to the recommendation to designate ERDF as the lead fund, ERDF is expected to support all running and animation costs for preparing and implementing the local CLLD strategies. The beneficiaries of preparatory support will most likely be local authorities of cities and other urban areas in Romania, since they are expected to represent most of the applicants of the call for expression of interest. This report proposes to make available a grant of up to €100,000 61 to hire community mobilisers/ facilitators/ animators, conduct training and consultations among a range of stakeholders, establish the LAG, and prepare the local integration strategy. This grant will be available for each beneficiary body that responds to the call for EoI. Preparatory support can, in principle, be provided from January 1, 2014 onwards, and it is recommended that it be made available until the approval of the last Local Development Strategy. Preparatory support for beneficiaries ends when they start to receive funding to implement the Local Development Strategy. The budget available for preparatory support will finance training for local stakeholders. Further training remains eligible throughout the implementation phase, but is then supported by the budget for running costs and animation. Box 10 presents the various components of which the preparatory support could consist, based on EC guidelines. 61 The amount (€100,000) for the preparatory grant was determined based on interviews and discussions with experts. It includes: cost of surveys and qualitative studies in marginalized areas; wages for one year for a facilitator and for the two to three specialists employed for the LAG formation process; cost of animation in the territory; cost of public meetings and publicity for the LAG formation; cost for consultancy for drafting the strategy; running costs for LAG during the preparatory year. 56 Box 10. Components of preparatory support according to EC guidance The guidance on CLLD issued by the EC states the following: Support for community-led local development shall include … the costs of preparatory support consisting of capacity building, training, and networking with a view to preparing and implementing a Local Development Strategy. The costs may cover one or more of the following elements:  training actions for local stakeholders;  studies of the area concerned;  costs related to the elaboration of the Local Development Strategy, including consultancy costs and costs for actions related to consultations of stakeholders in view of preparation of the strategy;  administrative costs (operating and personnel costs) of an organization that is applying for preparatory support during the preparation phase. Such preparatory support shall be eligible regardless of whether the Local Development Strategy designed by the LAG benefitting from the support will be selected for funding by the selection committee set up under Article 29(3). (Proposal for Common Provisions Regulation Article 31.1(a) following an agreement reached in trialogue negotiations ) Source: Guidance on CLLD, European Commission, April 2013: 45. A major component of the preparatory phase is training all actors involved in CLLD interventions. This training needs to be focused on how to apply CLLD in actual practice (making sure it does not just happen on paper). Training should include (a) community facilitators (coaches or mediators); (b) sessions for local stakeholders on how to build partnerships and set up a LAG, including how a LAG designs a good Local Integration Strategy; (c) how to ensure an efficient implementation of the Local Integration Strategy based on CLLD implementation rules; (d) how to prepare and manage the project-selection process once the Local Integration Strategy is selected for funding; (e) how to adopt best practices, including other selected innovative projects; and (f) how to develop collaborative projects (projects combining different funds). The Romanian Social Development Fund may be a valuable partner for implementing parts of this training since it has a pool of trained facilitators with vast experience in establishing local community-based projects across the country. In keeping with the lessons learnt from past experience, the main activities during the preparatory phase are described in Table 7. 57 Table 7. Main activities and responsible stakeholders during the preparatory phase Responsible stakeholders Main activities Local authorities in cooperation with the IBs (RDAs  Employ staff for determined period for the LAG through the dedicated CLLD staff) formation process (one to two persons per LAG) Local authorities in cooperation with the IBs (RDAs Employ facilitators (coaches or mediators) for through their dedicated CLLD staff). Experienced mobilization and activation of the urban marginalized facilitators from the Romanian Social Development communities (one facilitator per city/LAG) Fund could be valuable trainers. Local authorities with the support of IBs (RDAs  Initially assess potential stakeholders, engage potential through their dedicated CLLD staff) stakeholders to become LAG members  Perform animation activities at local level Local authorities, other local stakeholders, local  Select the urban marginalized area(s) to be included in facilitator the Program  Develop baseline study in the urban marginalized area(s) selected for CLLD intervention Local authorities, local facilitator  Mobilize the marginalized community  Set up the LAG All local stakeholders  Train all local actors  Consult stakeholders about strategy preparation To avoid obstacles and ensure a more efficient use of CLLD, based on past experience the EC’s Guidance on CLLD62 recommends to the Managing Authorities that the use of simplified cost options offered by the Common Provision Regulation be adopted, especially for small projects and for running costs and animation. The lessons learned from the LEADER program of 2007 –2013 (Annex 2) show the quality of the Local Development Strategies can be improved by providing a template at the outset of the preparation process, as well as by offering technical assistance to LAGs in drafting the Local Integration Strategy. Such a template should make it clear that to focus on area needs and resources, a real participatory process is necessary, rather than proposals that are driven only by available funding and produced by external consultants or expert firms. Another important lesson is to enhance the quality of local partnerships by ensuring active participation from the private sector and civil society partners (not only focusing on their “weight” within LAGs). Also, stronger Local Development Strategies often depend on the capacity of the LAGs and the extent to which they play a leading role in the territory and are not merely an extension of the administrative system. Mayors should avoid playing a dominant role in the decision-making process. To ensure this does not happen, the recruitment and training of LAG staff is important. 62 European Commission, Common Guidance of the European Commission’s Directorates, pp. 35-36. 58 Mobilization of urban marginalized communities and facilitation Urban development CLLD-style is done with the people, not for the people. Inhabitants of marginalized communities often consist of highly deprived groups that require continuous facilitation and coaching. This is important not only in the preparatory phase but also for the medium or long term. The qualitative research63 conducted for this project found that most marginalized communities are not cohesive, tend to be segmented, and are marked by shame and fear. Poor education and dialogue skills prevent many of the community members from contacting authorities. They also lack confidence in their fellow city inhabitants, who want to entrust them with problem-solving abilities. Marginalized communities need consistent and persistent support to empower them to mobilize and organize themselves and develop a voice. Successful action in a marginalized community also has a beneficial impact on the broader area. People from marginalized communities are very creative. They manage to survive under harsh conditions. They see the world through a survivalist lens, and so their priorities may significantly deviate from what scientific planning would recommend. However, through perseverance and continuous communication, they may become an effective partner in processes that aim to change their living conditions. Traditionally, the mayors’ offices, with their specialists and external experts, make decisions for these communities — since they “know” what is best. However, the only way to make an effective and sustainable impact on the lives of marginalized communities is to talk to them, listen to them, motivate them through incentives, and work with them and not for them. Community empowerment should be the foundation of the intervention, rather than the provision of “good will” or actions that infantilize the community and make them passive and helpless. In this way, marginalized people’s human agency may be enhanced, and they can further change their lives for the better, on their own. Urban marginalized communities are often regarded as isolated islands of poverty (isolated in terms of space, but also socially and culturally). So, their mobilization requires not only actions within the community, but changing the way other local stakeholders perceive those communities. These stakeholders include the mayor’s office, schoolteachers, civil society, and employers. Since local authorities are most likely to be the beneficiaries of the preparatory support, the relationship between mayors’ offices and the marginalized community is of critical importance for understanding the role that the facilitator (coach or mediator) should play within a CLLD intervention. Communication between urban marginalized communities and local authorities is often casual, usually linked to a crisis situation or elections. There is no clear, proactive mechanism in which to discuss plans for the future, priorities, rules, or changes of behavior. As a rule, the communities have “the problem” and the authorities have “the solution.” Rules are unclear or unknown. That is why residents of marginalized areas sometimes feel they are being cheated. Unless such a discriminatory attitude disappears, the local authorities cannot build a partnership with a marginalized community, especially when a large number of Roma is involved. Thus, the mobilization and inclusion of the urban marginalized communities, as well as the establishment of a functional relationship with the local authorities, require a specialized external facilitator. This facilitator will work with the leaders of the communities located in the same territory. Facilitation quality will be critical to success, and facilitators need strong technical skills in addition to empathy, trust, and communication abilities. Community mobilization also requires a detailed understanding of the community 63 For more details see Second Preliminary Report of the project (June 2013). 59 characteristics, of its internal dynamics, of the relations within the community, of the needs of its members, and also of the relationship with external stakeholders. These may include neighboring communities, local authorities, local mass media, civil society, and the Church. The six Conceptual Pilots present such analysis for various types of urban marginalized areas. In Romania, the participation of the population in community development projects depends largely on inhabitants’ trust in the mayor’s office. Many sociological studies have proven this rul e has been proved empirically: the greater the trust in the mayor’s office, the larger the citizens’ propensity to participate in community development projects. Trust in the mayor’s office is largely determined by trust in the mayor. With respect to that, the situation varies from one urban marginalized area to another. Local development that is truly community-led requires intensive communication effort and information exchange on priorities, objectives, sequence of activities, desired impact, possible risks, and so on of the projects selected for funding. There should be full transparency throughout all phases, and the community should be involved in all, including project preparation and the related decision-making process. Five elements are key to a successful mobilization of marginalized communities. These are: mobilizing resource-people and leaders from the community, involving an external facilitator (or coach or mediator), carrying out community-building activities, involving the media as an active and responsible partner, and community-based monitoring. Each of these elements is described in detail in the next few paragraphs. (1) Mobilizing resource-people and leaders from the community . An important element in mobilizing an urban marginalized community is identifying resource-people (“local champions”) and community leaders and attracting them to the project. The first step in mobilizing the community is acknowledging and communicating that community members are resourceful people. Community members must understand that they matter, that they can bring added value, and that their ideas and experience will be taken into consideration. That is how they will learn what they can do. Apart from community leaders, the international literature, as well as practical experience from interventions carried out in various communities in Romania, has shown that valuable resource-people can be found among the women in the community. Even if they are not highly educated, the community’s women tend to be good managers of their own households. These have many needs and few resources, and women take care of a large number of activities. They also have a good understanding of the situation involving children and other mothers in the community (who form the majority of the population). As a consequence women can be easily mobilized for actions that focus on children’s welfare. (2) Involving an external facilitator (or coach or mediator). In many urban marginalized areas, the resources (either financial, human, or decision-making) are concentrated in the hands of a few community leaders, who are sometimes in conflict. Community mobilization entails the involvement of all community members, including those who are not part of the leaders’ families or who do not recognize the authority of the leaders. Hence, the presence of a neutral community facilitator, coming from outside the community who will work nonetheless with the community leaders, is key for mobilization. The facilitator must simultaneously ensure the cohesion of the community and act as a bridge between the community and local authorities. The quality of the facilitator will be critical to success. The individual needs strong technical skills but also skills in empathy, trust building, and communication. (3) Carrying out community-building activities. To raise community members’ interest and to increase community cohesion, activities promoting the cultural identity are very important (Box 11). Most of those 60 activities should address the needs of children, as this will subsequently attract parents’ involvement. The ultimate goal of community-building activities is to support children and adults from marginalized areas in becoming urban citizens with full rights connected to the social and urban realities of the neighborhood and the city, through methods of informal education. Box 11 lists possible types of community-building activities. (4) Involving the media as an active and responsible partner. Usually, urban marginalized areas have a negative public reputation and may be referred to by the public as: “outbreaks of infection,” “crime nests,” etc. Involving local media as a partner may help to change the public image of the area. In this way, the communication experience of the journalists can add value to a project aiming at social inclusion. (5) Community-based monitoring. Involving community members in monitoring and evaluation activities helps to inform, mobilize, and activate the community and to foster members’ direct involvement in the activities focused on it. More details are given in Chapter 6 on monitoring and evaluation. Box 11. Types of community-building activities Artistic activities – Beginner courses (for children) in accordion, harmonica, cimbalom, piano, drums, guitar, etc. – Courses (for children)—“little actors,” sketches, monologues, poem reciting, theatre – Courses in drawing and watercolor painting – Personalizing the buildings in the neighborhood – Courses on dancing – Theatre, musical concerts, dancing competitions (for children) Cultural activities – Visiting museums (for children and parents) – Watching movies and theatre shows (for children) – Watching cartoons, documentary movies, artistic movies – Visiting the botanical garden and the zoo Travelling, tourism, and sport activities – Children’s games: football, handball, volleyball, tennis, badminton – Children’s competitions (with awards): ice skating, roller-skating, skateboard – Trips to the seaside or other location with children and their parents; trips to seaside resorts, visits to the aquarium; sport competitions: volleyball, table tennis, billiards, bowling; minicar rides ; boating; watching a show in the open summer theatre Mapping the community – For communities of improvised shelters, mapping marginalized areas with community participation could represent a powerful tool for community empowerment (e.g. by using the Open Street Maps method described in Annex 8). Community monitoring – Creation of a suggestion box (one for children and one for adults) – Organization of regular public meetings to discuss the main problems identified in residents’ suggestions and complaints, as well as possible solutions to be considered and adopted. A further set of principles for community mobilization is presented in Box 12. 61 Box 12. Principles for community mobilization The overall goal of community mobilization within the context of CLLD is to build the capacity of communities and local authorities to successfully assess their needs and resources and then to prioritize, plan, implement, and maintain community project investments. Specifically, the aim of community mobilization is to ensure that:  the community is committed to a project, and all community members are informed and aware and are given a chance to be involved from the start;  no person or group dominates or forces its personal agenda on the community;  all groups—such as women, youth and the socially vulnerable—play an important part in the process;  participation, transparency, and accountability are integrated into the community’s way of thinking;  with appropriate support, the community can solve problems, assess and prioritize needs, develop a community project plan, write a proposal, procure needed resources, implement objectives, provide oversight to implementation, and monitor and evaluate;  communities and municipalities will have a clearer idea of their roles and responsibilities, using the same principles and procedures;  the community and the municipality will begin working together using the same principles and procedures;  the community, in collaboration with the municipality, feels responsible for maintaining the infrastructure investments throughout their life cycle. Community facilitation and the role of facilitator Facilitating the interaction between stakeholders is a key success factor for community-led interventions that aim to combat poverty and promote social inclusion. This principle has been demonstrated by the Romanian Social Development Fund (RSDF). In RSDF community-driven projects, the main objectives of facilitation include: the development of the community spirit; increased participation in identifying and prioritizing community needs (with a focus on those of women and young people); stimulating a working environment within the community that ensures development objectives are achieved; overcoming communication barriers; and collaboration between partners and other local actors who could be involved in developing and supporting the project, as well as between the project beneficiaries and the rest of the community. The facilitator acts like a bond between local actors, including local authorities, NGOs, community leaders, etc., to improve participation of community members in actions aimed at local social inclusion. Box 13 describes the scope of work of RSDF facilitators. 62 Box 13. Scope of work of facilitators in RSDF development projects  Identify community leaders and other resource-people trusted within the community  Perform needs assessment, resource analysis, and priority-setting based on participatory methods  Identify new ideas of development projects by means of a consultation process  Support the establishment of a local initiative group as juridical entity  Develop a partnership between the local initiative group and other local actors who can contribute to project implementation or sustainability  Increase the level of participation of women and young people in project activities  Help complete the project application  Prevent and solve conflicts over the whole project cycle  Maintain community members’ constant level of participation in decision -making throughout the project  Identify technical assistance and training needs for project completion Source: Romanian Social Development Fund, 2011. More generally, a facilitator helps build up the ability of people to act. A facilitator (1) enters a community and establishes good relationships with members and leaders; (2) fosters active participation by everyone; (3) supports the community’s selection of and support for natural leaders (resource-people), including men and women; (4) supports the development of simple action plans for achieving the strategy objectives; (5) provides follow-up motivational and technical support for community action; (6) establishes links between services providers and local businesses; (7) asks good questions and helps people express their ideas; (8) listens carefully to what people say and summarizes what is said; (9) uses humor and good-natured teasing to challenge people’s thinking; (10) controls talkative individuals and ensures that everyone gets a chance to contribute; (11) encourages women and other marginalized groups to be actively involved; (12) responds to community members who raise objections; (13) encourages self-reliance—the community deciding and taking initiative on its own; and (14) lets community members to do their own thinking and make their own decisions. As result of the facilitation process, the community should be able to act on its own. This includes figuring out the problem, finding solutions, making decisions, organizing, and acting. If facilitation fails, and community members are just told what to do (by the facilitator or another actor), they may never learn to do it themselves. In that case they will always wait for a savior, and the CLLD objective of empowering community members to become active citizens who are able to contribute to solving their own problems will not be met. Therefore, the facilitation work should be seen as an investment in human and social capacity, not merely as a transaction cost of the CLLD Program. Characteristics of an effective facilitator include respect for:  the inherent worth and dignity of people;  social responsibility and social justice;  each community member’s inherent potential to change and ability to reason;  each community member’s equal importance;  the time and patience necessary to convince people to participate;  the fact that the respect and confidence of the community is earned; 63  the interests of the community above the facilitator’s or someone else’s;  strength in collective action;  community members’ need to learn to relate to each other as a group;  the fact that the more people act collectively, the greater their confidence, attitudes, and capacities for development at the individual and community levels. Roles of a community facilitator include the following: 1. Frontliner. The facilitator is the most visible and most accessible personnel of the agency interacting with the community in the process of implementing the project. 2. Project interpreter and advocate. The project promotes localized decision making, empowerment, transparency, multistakeholder participation, demand-driven access to project resources, simplicity in systems and processes, and sustainability. The community facilitator is the primary agent who interprets or adapts principles into actual, practicable methods in the processes of community mobilization, project implementation, and monitoring and evaluation at the community level. 3. Conduit. Between the community and the project-management bureaucracy is the community facilitator. The policy and decision-makers at the project management level must possess an accurate, timely, and comprehensive picture of the implementation process at the community, so that they can respond to implementation issues in a timely and appropriate manner. The community facilitator, being in constant contact with the community, is the primary conduit between the community and external agencies. 4. Community organizer. Within the locus of their tasks in the community, facilitators perform the following roles:  Enabler—helps people become independent by motivating or encouraging them to recognize the need to build consensus and act collectively; encouraging expression and communication; interpreting information and helping people to reflect  Problem-solver—has analytical capacity to define problems and recommend alternative solutions without taking responsibility for decision making  Advocate—is committed to a cause and pursues this with others; confronts and challenges opinions and prejudices  Social mobilizer—persuades or convinces various stakeholders to participate in or contribute to the development processes  Trainer—provides informal education and information; imparts skills individually or in group  Networker—can identify and mobilize various partners  Learner—is willing to learn from the community and believes that learning is a lifelong process In the final analysis, a facilitator’s effectiveness is indicated by a decreasing role in the community. Facilitation skills are a basic requirement to ensure active participation and meaningful exchanges during meetings, training or workshops, and assemblies. A facilitator:  ensures the effective flow of communication within a group so that the participants can share information and arrive at decisions;  poses problems and encourages group analysis;  provokes people to think critically and motivates them towards action;  does not change or ignore any decisions reached by the participants through consensus; 64  is sensitive to both the verbal and nonverbal communications that occur in the group;  is sensitive to the feelings, attitudes, culture, interests, and any hidden agenda that may be present in a group;  explores agreements, , respects disagreements, and identifies irrelevancies so that the focus is on reaching an agreement. As Table 7 shows, each city or LAG employs a facilitator to lead the facilitation process in the urban marginalized area(s) selected to prepare a strategy and set up a LAG during the preparatory process. The facilitator can be a specialist, an NGO, or a company. During the LAG-forming stage, the facilitator will be selected on a competitive basis by the mayor’s office and representatives of civil society members of the LAG, in collaboration with the joint Intermediate Bodies (RDAs). The facilitator would then work permanently with the LAG staff to develop the LAG, along with the IBs CLLD experts. The facilitation activities described above fall under the definition of animation, according to the CLLD guidance issues by the EC.64 During the implementation period, the animation costs can also include specific personnel costs for “development officers.” We suggest that the facilitator be considered a development officer, and thus facilitation costs can be regarded as animation costs and not as running costs. Setting up the Local Action Group (LAG) General provisions regarding the LAG as issued by the EC are presented in section 2.2. The Conceptual Pilots (published jointly with this Integrated Intervention Tool) present six possible LAGs for integrating various types of urban marginalized areas based on the CLLD method. These LAG models were elaborated drawing on two best practices in Europe: the Finnish Joutsenten Reitti LAG and the Irish model (the Irish Local Development Network). The LAG partnership is seen as a dynamic body, which progressively adapts to the local specificities and to the Program implementation phase. LAG formation is initiated by the organization that submitted an expression of interest. In most cities, the local authorities are expected to be the initiator. However, the existing Intercommunity Development Associations or the local support groups (established under the URBACT II Program) may also initiate a LAG formation process by responding to the call for expression of interest. Our qualitative research showed that many urban marginalized areas have experienced a history of interventions with minimal results, which caused the relationship among authorities, civil society, and the community itself to deteriorate. In this context, all local actors agree that developing a multisectoral, integrated project is not possible in the absence of a real partnership among all key stakeholders. By consensus, establishing a LAG is seen as necessary but challenging. The mayor’s office is considered the key player in the area of infrastructure development, while NGOs are considered experts in social and community development. 64 European Commission, Common Guidance of the European Commission’s Directorates, p. 25. 65 The LAG and its roles LAG tasks within the delivery structure have already been discussed (section 4.2.2 on the division of roles). Based on a rigorous study, the LAG identifies the main features, problems, and potential of the selected urban marginalized area(s). Beginning with the city strategy or the urban development plan, the LAG determines the main specific objectives and investment priorities for integrating the selected marginalized area(s) and addressing the social exclusion of its inhabitants, based on the CLLD methodology. The LAG also develops activities aimed at informing and mobilizing relevant local actors. Thus, the LAG could expand in the process of its existence, adding representatives from the community or private sector as well as government and NGOs. The process of LAG formation is depicted in Figure 7. Figure 7. The process of LAG formation Facilitation and support LAG formation Expression of interest Local authority Intermediate Bodies – Local authority (RDAs) – Public institutions – Private sector – Civil society 1. - Private sector LAG staff – Marginalized - Civil society community – Neighboring 2. - Marginalized area communities Facilitator - Neighbouring area(s) - Public institutions LAG components and responsibilities of each component LAG membership is open to every individual and organization within its boundaries as defined by the local people. A LAG territory typically consists of 20,000-150,000 inhabitants. Based on the EC guidelines, we propose that the structure of a LAG should include three different operational levels: (1) The General Assembly, comprising all LAG members; (2) The Steering Committee, which is the decision body within LAG and which is elected by the General Assembly; and (3) LAG staff, in charge of the daily functioning and operations. These are detailed below. (1) The General Assembly All inhabitants interested in the LAG functional area can participate in the General Assembly. They include individuals; organizations; representatives of local authorities or public institutions such as the County Employment Agency (AJOFM), the County School Inspectorate (ISJ), the General Directorate for Social 66 Assistance and Child Protection (DGASPC), the Directorate for Public Health (DSP), the County Police Inspectorate (IPJ), the County Directorate for Statistics (DJS), the Regional Development Agency (RDA); as well as representatives of the private sector. Box 14 presents further details on the role of the General Assembly. Box 14. Operational levels of the LAG—the General Assembly Structure – Local authorities – Public institutions (AJOFM, ISJ, DGASPC, DSP, IPJ, DJS, RDA) – Local business environment – Civil society – Urban marginalized area(s) selected for intervention Selection None; everyone who is interested may participate Responsibility Elect the members of the Steering Committee by secret ballot Meeting Annual Compensation Not remunerated The mayor’s office should appoint at least four individuals to the General Assembly: the mayor or mayoral representative and three experts from various sectors such as the Directorate for City Planning, the Directorate for European Projects, or the Directorate for Social Affairs within city hall. Members of the Local Council will also attend the General Assembly. The aforementioned public institutions will appoint experts to the LAG, since a CLLD strategy for integration of a urban marginalized area includes projects that require their cooperation and supervision. The private sector should be involved, especially since the CLLD strategy normally includes efforts to create formal jobs and develop enterprises. Civil society should be represented by teachers from schools attended by children from the marginalized area, and by doctors, nurses, representatives of the clergy, or other specialists in social development relevant to the area. The specialists employed as a dedicated team for implementing the CLLD strategy — those operating within a multipurpose amenity (Community Resource Center)—could join the General Assembly. These specialists include: the facilitator, community health nurse, employment agent, school mediator, and manager of the Point of Public Access to Information for the area. The marginalized community should participate in the General Assembly by means of all its members expressing interest. The neighboring community or communities should also attend and participate to secure coherence of the territory. Mobilization of the marginalized community is vital to ensure a fair and inclusive representation within the LAG. The facilitator (or community mobilization expert, coach, mediator, etc.) should therefore play an important role. LAG members should not have to pay a fee for taking part in the General Assembly. In some European LAGs, the members are required to do that. However, we do not recommend the introduction of such a fee for two main reasons: (1) the community’s propensity to participate already tends to be low in marginalized communities, and (2) a membership fee would further reduce the odds of the marginalized community members to express interest in LAG participation. 67 The LAG Steering Committee In concordance with European best practices, we propose the LAG Steering Committee (LAG SC) should include about 10-30 members65 (Figure 7). This will make it possible to accommodate the large diversity of stakeholders from four different levels: the urban marginalized areas, cities (sometimes also adjoining communes), counties, and regions. This composition of the LAG Steering Committee ensures vertical links to other levels of government from outside the city. Vertical links help ensure the area-based initiatives are integrated. Box 15 outlines the proposed structure and role of the LAG Steering Committee. Box 15. Decision-making process within LAG—the Steering Committee Structure – Local authorities – Public institutions (AJOFM, ISJ, DGASPC, DSP, IPJ, DJS) – Local business environment – Civil society – Urban marginalized area(s) selected for intervention Selection Members are elected by the General Assembly through secret ballot Responsibility Decision-making body for selecting projects and allocating funding Meeting Monthly Compensation 5 percent of the mayor’s monthly indemnity Figure 8. Example of a possible LAG Steering Committee (from Conceptual Pilot 1, with a total of 27 members) Finding and convincing private sector representatives to be involved in a CLLD intervention might be a challenge. Especially in smaller Romanian cities with a poorly developed local economy, most local businesses are small trading firms that provide jobs only for family members and have limited scope for growth and development. Under these conditions, in many LAGs the number of the private sector representatives might be small. This is also the case in the Conceptual Pilot examples. In contrast, in Finland the seats in LAG Steering Committees are equally shared among public, private, and civil sectors —one third for each. Business are likely to perceive the CLLD program in Romania that focuses on urban marginalized areas as being “too social”—implying not necessarily relevant for business-minded individuals. To mitigate this risk, Managing Authorities should consider including incentives like subsidies for employers,66 at least in 65 The possible LAG SCs from the six Conceptual Pilots have 27-29 members. 66 The national legislation sets a framework for providing incentives through the public employment service to employers who hire young graduates of educational institutions with disabilities, young people with difficulties entering 68 some business areas (e.g. tourism, care services, crafts). In this way the business sector might be more willing to participate, bring in the desired private funds, and perhaps also contribute to job and business creation. LAG SC members should be elected by secret ballot. We propose that at least 20 percent of members represent the marginalized community, including the neighboring functional area(s). For a fair representation, residents from the urban marginalized area should elect members from their community with the support of the facilitator. Other representatives of the marginalized community should include the leaders of the neighboring functional area(s). Box 16 spells out proposed rules for the functioning of the LAG Steering Committee. Box 16. CLLD rules for organization and function of LAG Steering Committee Members of the Steering Committee will be elected by the General Assembly, using a secret ballot and observing the following rules: – Different segments of local community will be represented: the public sector (local authorities, public institutions); the private sector; the civil society (teachers, doctors, nurses, church, NGOs); the urban marginalized area(s) selected for intervention. – Targeted groups should be adequately represented to include youngsters, women, Roma, people with disabilities, low-skilled, inactive, and unemployed people. – Public authorities and any other group of interest cannot hold more than 49 percent of the vote. – At least 51 percent of the votes on project selection must belong to the nonpublic sector. – At least 20 percent of the Steering Committee members must be representatives of the marginalized community. – City-based organizations also responsible for nearby rural areas may become partners in a LAG, but may not command than 25 percent of the vote. We propose that in the Steering Committee, decisions will be taken based on the majority vote (half of all votes, plus one), while the meeting quorum should be fulfilled. The meeting quorum is fulfilled when half of all members plus one are present, with a mandatory representation of all segments of the local community (public sector, private sector, civil society, marginalized community). The Steering Committee is the LAG decision-making body for selecting projects to be funded. Working procedures and rules for project funding will observe the Strategy objectives and will avoid conflicts of interest. Members of the Steering Committee (and organizations they represent) may submit projects for LAG funding, but cannot participate in the assessment or selection of the projects they have submitted themselves. The Steering Committee should meet on a monthly basis. External experts could be hired to provide technical assistance for (1) deciding to fund local development projects, (2) community activation, and (3) preparing and offering support during project implementation. We propose that members of the Steering Committee be remunerated with a fee of 5 percent of the mayor’s net monthly wage for every meeting they attend. (This figure is based on the Framework La w on the labor market, people with disabilities, unemployed single parents, unemployed people above 45, and unemployed persons who are less than three years from retirement. 69 uniform payment of personnel paid from public funds.) The remuneration of the Steering Committee members is a practice of European LAGs, which in the context of the Romanian urban marginalized areas may have both positive and negative effects. On the one hand, remuneration of the marginalized community representatives may increase the risk of jealousy and mistrust within that community. On the other hand, a fee equal to a monthly social benefit 67 may be an incentive for participation both as a LAG member and as a candidate for the Steering Committee. To ensure transparency, the complete list of the members of the Steering Committee, along with their institutional affiliations, should be made public every year and be submitted to the Intermediate Bodies (RDAs), the Management Authorities, and the entitled institutions. Also, to diminish conflicts of interest, Steering Committee members should be elected for only one year. No member can have more than two consecutive (annual) mandates within the LAG Steering Committee. (2) Permanent LAG staff We propose that the beneficiary of the preparatory grant should, from the outset of the preparatory phase, employ a team comprising one to three specialists for the process of LAG formation. At a maximum, the team should include a manager and two program coordinators: one for infrastructure development projects and the other for sectoral projects. The administrative staff must have adequate competencies, abilities, and resources for generating and coordinating the local development process. Administrative management expertise is required. Box 17. Operation of LAG—permanent LAG staff Structure – LAG manager – Coordinator for infrastructure projects – Coordinator for soft projects (educational, health, social, cultural, community-building) Selection Competitive selection Responsibility Management of administrative issues, projects assessment and implementation, information, animation, and dissemination Meeting Ongoing activity Compensation Remuneration according to the Framework Law on uniform payment of public-funds-paid personnel We advise that during the preparatory phase the LAG staff should be competitively selected by the mayor’s office in cooperation with the Intermediate Bodies (RDAs). In this phase, the administrative staff should inform and animate the community. In addition, the staff should collaborate with the RDAs’ dedicated CLLD experts to build the LAG and to hold the first meeting of the General Assembly that will appoint the Steering Committee. With this aim, the administrative staff should provide support, building a partnership among the public sector, the private sector, and civil society. The LAG staff should also work closely with the facilitator (community expert, coach, or mediator) who will be employed to mobilize and organize the marginalized community. Box 17 presents the proposed structure and role of the permanent LAG staff. 67 For example, the allowance for children under two, which is RON 200, or about USD$63 per month. 70 Once the elected Steering Committee becomes functional, the administrative staff is confirmed or replaced based on a similar procedure. After this phase, we recommend maintaining the selected LAG staff until the Integration Strategy and Plan’s final implementation. Dismissal of the permanent LAG staff should depend only on the provisions of specific employment legislation. The LAG staff will support the Steering Committee in elaborating the Local Integration Strategy of the urban marginalized area that is to be submitted as part of the Local Development Strategy. One other option would be to start with one or two experts who possess good communication skills and who are employed on a temporary contract until the LAG is established and the Steering Committee formed. Then, as the activity becomes more technical, the initial administrative team could be changed to a manager and two program coordinators on a permanent basis. Although this option could reduce the running costs, it should be noted that the preparation of the Local Integration Strategies occurs parallel to the process of LAG formation, and thus the appropriate expertise should be recruited in time. Once the Local Integration Strategy becomes operational, the LAG team should take care of the assessment and monitoring of the projects’ implementation, as well as of communication with the Intermediate Bodies (RDAs) and Management Authorities. LAG staff should also be in charge of current operations, including organizing General Assembly and Steering Committee meetings. Moreover, LAG staff should ensure continuous communication with the members of the General Assembly, ensuring full transparency and information actively provided to the media and the general public using the following methods: e-mail, websites, press releases, and posters (in the local administration facilities, within the marginalized area, and in the center of town). Also, LAG staff will use various means to inform the local community about possibilities for project grants: through community boards and leaflets, at public meetings and events, through websites, and via the members of LAGs. In this way, the LAG will not only respond to the existing demand for grants, but also potentially encourage other local actors to propose new investments or other projects. The administrative personnel will be paid according to the Framework Law on uniform payment of personnel paid from public funds for equivalent jobs in the local public administration. To ensure its accessibility by interested parties, LAG permanent staff will have an office within the mayor’s office. This office will have access to computers, the Internet, telephones, fax, copiers, and other equipment, which are partly acquired within the project and partly supplied by the mayor’s office. The office running cost will be covered by the project, except for office rent, which is part of the mayor’s office contribution. Administrative costs (operating and personnel) and animation costs will be funded under preparatory support budget. Throughout the implementation phase, these costs remain eligible but are subsequently supported by the budget for running costs and animation. There should be clear mechanisms for marginalized communities or other stakeholders themselves to launch complaints if they feel their voices are insufficiently heard and one powerful stakeholder is dominating the process. The RDAs should monitor the participatory process in the LAGs and within the marginalized communities. In addition to that, grievance redress mechanisms and ways to take corrective action will need to be defined before CLLD is launched. It is important to spell out what happens if the process goes astray, community involvement is weak and CLLD principles are no longer followed in a LAG. 71 The LAG platform and learning We recommend establishing a national network of LAGs that uses networking and communication tools to share knowledge and best practices, in addition to information about the Program. Experience with LEADER 2007-2013 (Annex 2) showed that establishing a network of LAGs is essential for learning and mutual support. Learning and networking should be conducted continuously throughout the program. The JMC secretariat should develop a LAG platform from the outset. In cooperation with the IBs (RDAs), and with support from the team of experts, it will also identify good practices by monitoring activities and documenting and disseminating them through an accessible online platform. Recommended practices cover various fields, such as area-based activities, sectoral activities, successful urban regeneration, sound financial management, transparency, conflicts of interest, and innovations. Initiatives should be taken to identify good practices early on and use these to promote community to community as well as LAG to LAG learning across the country. Advanced online platforms based on modern ICT systems are essential for knowledge exchange and learning across communities and LAGs. In addition to sharing good practices and toolkits, these should enable an online exchange of questions and comments among marginalized communities and LAGs. In addition to the online platform, processes should be established where stakeholders at different levels benefit from tailored and targeted learning activities.  At the community level, learning is at the core of any community driven development program. World Bank experience has shown that this implies that community-level mobilization and capacity building should be emphasized from the start, using community-friendly training manuals for each of a series of key topics. As some success stories come up, community-to-community or LAG to LAG visits should be encouraged to motivate them and to give lower capacity communities an opportunity to see how other communities apply the CLLD approach and implement their subprojects, and learn from their innovative practices.  At the local government level, training programs on monitoring, supervision, and transparency in community driven local development are important too. Such training programs hold an important role in ensuring subprojects are being implemented under full transparency, inclusion (targeting) and with technical rigor (infrastructure quality etc).  At the national level, it is also important to get strong buy-in at the level of the national-level counterpart ministry/agency. Cross country exchange can help learn from good practices elsewhere. Preparing the call for proposals As part of the preparation phase, the Managing Authorities issue a call for proposals. In this they specify the requirements of the Local Integration Strategies, which include:  what information is required from the applicants and in which format it should be submitted;  the deadline for submission and the size of budget allocation per LIS (maximum €10 million), information provided at the moment of signing the contract for the preparatory phase; 72  the selection criteria against which the proposals will be assessed, information provided, at the latest, six months before the call for proposals (January 2016);  eligibility criteria and selection procedure, together with the number of potential applicants, information given, at the latest, six months before the call for proposals (January 2016);  the level of funding available for CLLD from each of the funds, and the maximum number of strategies that can be selected for financing. Preparation of the Local Integration Strategy (LIS) Once the LAGs are formed or are being formed, each group interested in applying for CLLD funding should prepare and submit for evaluation the Local Integration Strategy of marginalized communities. These should be consistent with the Local Development Strategy and should include (1) the results of a baseline study, (2) consultations with stakeholders, (3) concrete action plan with proposed interventions and a financial plan. The Guidance on CLLD issued by the EC uses the term Local Development Strategy. We have introduced the name “Local Integration Strategy’” or “CLLD strategy.” As the Conceptual Pilots show, we propose that the Local Integration Strategy (LIS) is a chapter of the broader LDS, as it is focuses primarily on the specific development needs of one or more urban marginalized areas. The general objectives of the LIS are integration and reducing of poverty and social exclusion within the marginalized area. For that purpose, the LIS formulates specific objectives that should be aligned to the sectoral objectives of the LDS (or of the city strategy if one exists). Thus, the Local Integration Strategy refers to the CLLD’s requirement that interventions be community-led, multisectoral, and integrated; that private and public partners be involved; and that the strategy is consistent and coordinated with the existing strategies at the whole city level. This is a critical point, particularly in light of the fact that Romania has experienced a high increase in the number of sectoral and spatial strategies, but the level of correlation and integration among these various documents is generally low.68 Experience with the LEADER program during 2007–2013 (Annex 2) showed that to ensure high quality LDSs, it is critical to provide a template from the outset of the preparation process. Lessons learned from the LEADER program also showed that technical assistance to LAGs is crucial for drafting the local development strategies and making sure they are based on a truly participatory process, to prevent the production of fund-driven proposals produced by external consultants or expert firms. More generally, a common problem for the programming period 2007–2013 was that Local Development Strategies were designed around the priorities and eligibility rules imposed by operational programs, instead of assessing the real needs in the community and proposing optimal actions to address them—regardless of the funding source. The Conceptual Pilots provide a more detailed outline of a Local Integration Strategy and examples of possible action plans for six different types of urban marginalized areas. For these pilots, the World Bank team carried out detailed fieldwork and extensive consultations with the local stakeholders relevant to the establishment of possible future LAGs. 68 For an in-depth discussion of such issues, including a list of solutions, see the report on Romania’s Enhanced Spatial Planning, World Bank, 2013. 73 For an actual financing application, the Local Integration Strategies should be developed following a similar procedure. This includes (1) research in the marginalized area or areas selected for intervention and (2) consultation with all local stakeholders participating in LAG. These activities will be carried out in the preparatory phase and will be financed under the program. The mayor’s office expressing interest in participating in the Program should not only organize a CLLD information campaign and animation at the local level, but should also launch a study on marginalized communities in the city. Once the General Assembly and the Steering Committee of LAG are functional, the results of the study and consultations will form the basis for designing the Local Integration Strategy. In the first phase, the specific objectives of the Local Integration Strategy for reducing poverty and enhancing social inclusion in the selected marginalized area(s) will be elaborated. In the second phase, starting with specific objectives, the Local Integration Strategy and the measures necessary for the effective implementation of the Strategy will be developed. (1) Baseline study A solid knowledge base on the current situation is essential for development of the Local Integration Strategy. Local authorities often have very little data regarding urban marginalized communities that are within their jurisdiction. Thus, in the preparatory phase, one of the first collaborative activities (activities that combine different funds) to be undertaken should be a survey (or census) in the urban marginalized area selected for CLLD intervention and its neighboring area. The study should be conducted with assistance from specialists (firms or consultants). In the case of a survey, it will be based on a representative random sample of inhabitants of the marginalized area or areas selected for intervention. The study should provide solid statistical data regarding the size of the population, demographic and socioeconomic characteristics of the marginalized community (or communities), and the main problems they face. These include problems related to infrastructure and housing, education and employment of adults, household incomes, education of children, access to services (public, social, medical, etc.), organization and relations within and outside the community, and the public reputation of the area. In this way, the situation within marginalized communities and current problems of their inhabitants will become visible and more concrete. The study will include a set of key outcome indicators defined through consensus among all partners and which should be regularly monitored. Indicators could include living conditions, wealth levels, school dropout levels etc. The costs of research on the area concerned will be covered by the preparatory support. Throughout the implementation phase, the costs for monitoring and evaluation activities remain eligible but are then supported by the budget for running costs and animation. (2) Consultations with stakeholders Often, the consultation process in Romania is treated as a formal phase that involves only the presentation of the document on a website or a written announcement posted on the notice board of the institution. This tendency also results from delegating the production of the strategy and action plan to external consultants or consultancy firm, a common practice among local authorities. But such a practice tends to ignore and neglect the participatory process. The process should be radically changed for an effective CLLD implementation. Consulting with stakeholders about strategy preparation is mandatory. The IBs (RDAs) will provide technical assistance but will also monitor the quality of the facilitation process. 74 Consultation with all local stakeholders should focus on identifying possible measures for solving the problems revealed by the research. The consultation should be carried out by the community facilitator (the expert in community mobilization), together with the permanent LAG staff (already employed within the program), and possibly with the assistance of other specialists. Through discussions, public meetings, and qualitative research methods (interviews, focus groups), possible intervention measures should be identified. The associated risks and the perspectives of the different stakeholders involved in the process— including marginalized community, local authorities, civil society, private sector, and Regional Development Agencies—should be identified. The preparation of the Local Integration Strategy requires an extended consultation process involving all LAG members but also other local stakeholders that may contribute or support strategy implementation. Evidence that the local community was involved in the elaboration of the strategy is one of the indicators for strategy evaluation during the selection phase. Therefore, the consultation process needs to be carefully prepared and thoroughly documented. Documentation includes names of consulted people, list of meetings, supporting statements, participative techniques used, etc. Meetings are a common method of consultation. But to be effective, meetings should have clear objectives and good facilitation to motivate stakeholders to return for the next meeting and participate fully. The meeting agenda needs to be circulated at least a week ahead of time, especially as the facilitator needs enough time to explain the main issues to the residents of the marginalized area. During meetings, the provision of information should allow space for stakeholders to speak and exchange views. Seeking feedback from participants and making sure that future agendas are adjusted in the light of member comments are important. The photos on the next page show how a working meeting should look: enough space, adequate light, fresh air, comfortable seats, documentation, breaks, and—if possible—refreshments. Workshops where participants are engaged in a conversation or involved in a hands-on activity, rather than overwhelmed by experts’ presentations, are more likely to generate ideas and ownership of the outcome. In addition to face-to-face meetings, communication should be regular and conducted through any available means. The LAG staff should be the focal point and always available for formal and informal input from all stakeholders. Mobilizing the marginalized community before the consultation is essential to obtain its participation. Community members should have the opportunity to express their opinions and ideas regarding the proposed strategy and interventions and to make their voices heard. Stakeholder consultation expenses related to preparation of the LDS are covered under preparatory support. Actions to facilitate exchange between stakeholders remain eligible throughout the implementation phase, but are then supported by the budget for running costs and animation. 75 Source of photos: The URBACT II Local Support Group Toolkit, 2013. 76 Many useful tools can help LAGs produce the Local Integration Strategy: Stakeholder Analysis Table, Stakeholders Importance/Influence Matrix, Self-Assessment Tool for LAG Performance, Problem Tree, Action Table, and the Self-Assessment Tool for Local Integration Strategy. All stakeholders need to be involved in problem analysis. For example, the problem tree tool may assist in problem analysis for the strategy preparation. For information on the other tools, please see The URBACT II Local Support Group Toolkit, June 2013. Analyzing the research information collected on the marginalized area (the baseline study) should enable the Local Integration Strategy to present a clear outline and scale of the identified problems. Comprehensive understanding of the existing situation is essential to discover the right solutions. Because of the complex nature of the problems faced by urban marginalized communities, there are different ways of viewing the same problem and, therefore, different solutions. The LAG should elaborate and prioritize possible choices between different options. One useful technique that may be used during the strategy consultations is a problem tree. This is a simple graphical representation of the problems, causes, and effects. Following are the steps for using a problem tree to perform problem analysis:  List all problems identified (problems must be real and current, not possible, imagined, or future).  Identify a core problem (written on the trunk of the tree).  Determine which are causes (the roots) and which are effects (the branches) of the core problem. Figure 9 provides an example of a problem tree on low levels of formal employment. This was used to draft the strategy for Conceptual Pilot 1. Figure 9. Problem tree on low level of formal employment in an urban marginalized area 77 When the problem tree is complete, create a second one in which the problems are turned into solutions. Reformulate all elements into positive statements; turn the core problem into a solution; change effects into expected outcomes and the causes into actions to address them. Action plan, financial Plan, and proposed interventions The Local Integration Strategy should include a clear action plan, demonstrating how objectives are translated into concrete interventions, and a financial plan, providing an idea of the planned investments and the financial management of each concerned fund. The financial plan can be adapted in the course of the implementation, if necessary. The Conceptual Pilots present possible strategies, including action plans with concrete interventions and financial plans for various types of urban marginalized areas. We have seen in Section 3.1 that even if CLLD is linked to promoting social inclusion and combating poverty 69 (thematic objective 9 of the proposed Common Provisions Regulation 2014–2020), it can also include activities related to all thematic objectives listed in the scope of the ESF and ERDF . Thus, the eligible activities vary from large investments in building social housing or sanitation infrastructure (ERDF) to very small projects on community building (ESF). As a central point, in most urban marginalized areas, multipurpose amenities (or Community Resource Centers or any type of multifunctional, sociomedical centers) are expected to combine infrastructure with provision of services (educational, employment, community-building, ICT etc.). Such collaborative projects, combining different funds and different partners, aim to strengthen horizontal integration among programs. The field research conducted for this assignment demonstrated that all stakeholders maintain that to integrate marginalized communities, it is important to combine infrastructure development with measures that increase employment. ”Soft” activities such as skills training, education, or community building and activation were considered as important by local authorities and in particular civil society representatives. The research also showed that in urban marginalized areas, interventions should be tailor-made and should reflect variations in the following areas:  Type of housing (block of flats versus houses versus improvised shelters);  Ownership over dwelling and land (owners versus tenants in social houses versus people living in improvised shelters);  Community participation (communities concentrated in blocks of flats versus communities spread over large territories);  Community history (old versus new; stable versus fluctuating population);  Leadership (communities with strong informal leaders versus communities with no strong leaders) As for investments in housing and infrastructure, it is important to keep the difference in the type of area in mind. Thus, building refurbishment is recommended only in ghetto areas of blocks of flats. In contrast, we recommend infrastructure development for all types of areas: (a) In the ghettos of blocks of flats, installations need to be restored or reinstalled, but at the same time problems of related to contracts with the utility providers should be addressed. 69 Proposal for a regulation of the European Parliament and the Council that establishes common provisions for a number of European funds. 78 (b) In the ghettos from work colonies located in disaffected industrial areas, provide at least one sanitation facility per community (including sinks, toilets, showers, potable water). (c) In slums of houses (Roma traditional neighborhoods), the infrastructure may be developed at least on the main streets. In intra-areas, with houses attached to one another where infrastructure development is not technically possible, one sanitation facility per community is recommended. (d) In slums of improvised shelters, setting up one sanitation facility per community would vastly improve the residents’ quality of life. The soft interventions do not vary according to the type of marginalized area but (like the measures identified above) should be adapted to the community and decided via a participatory process. 4.5 Selection of integration strategies and action plans After communities have been mobilized, the LAGs formed, and the local integration strategies (LISs) drafted through a participatory process, the preparatory process is complete. The following phase is the “selection” phase, during which the LISs and the LAGs are assessed and selected. In the CLLD guidance issued by the EC this process is referred to as the “call for proposals.” The LEADER experience has shown the importance of organizing the selection process in an efficient and effective way to prevent unnecessary delays. An analysis of the selection process under ROP in 2011 carried out by the World Bank (2013) found that selection took almost 19 months, compared with a planned duration of about 14 months. Most of the delays occurred at the stage of technical project submission and verification as well as during precontracting/contracting. Between 2008 and 2011 the delays worsened, except for conformity and eligibility checks performed by the RDAs, which had become more efficient during this period. Selection procedure As mentioned, we propose that in line with the Partnership Agreement, selection of the LAG-developed LISs for urban marginalized areas is performed by a Common Selection Committee created under the Joint Monitoring Committee (JMC), in the Ministry of European Funds (MEF). Both MA ROP and MA SOP HRD should be involved in this. The Common Selection Committee will issue the formal approval of the LISs through a written document. Although the actual selection will occur between July and December 2016, preparations for the LIS selection process should start from the moment the CLLD program is initiated. The preparation process for the selection, as well as the procedure, actors, and responsibilities involved are detailed in Figure 10. 79 Figure 10. Role of the five experts who will support the Joint Monitoring Committee within the overall CLLD process July-December 2014 Launch & Support MA ROP and MA SOP HRD select five structures experts to support the JMC January-June 2015 Call for expression The five experts offer technical support of interest to the JMC secretariat in analyzing the expressions of interest and in developing the M&E plan July-December 2015 Preparatory phase The five experts offer technical support of LISs to the JMC secretariat in defining the criteria for selection of LAGs and LISs Inform January-June 2016 LAGs website Inform Support & feedback LAGs Intermediate Bodies - setting up process (RDAs - dedicated - preparing LISs (baseline study and CLLD staff) consultations with stakeholders) Inform & submit LIS Eligibility check July-December 2016 Selection of LISs The five experts offer technical support to the Common Selection Committee January 2017 Implementation Selected LAGs enter precontracting of selected LISs period with the MA ROP and MA SOP HRD Rejected LAGs are informed The five experts offer technical support to the JMC secretariat for starting preparing the impact evaluation 80 Team of experts We propose that, as part of putting in place the support structures, Managing Authorities select a team of four to six experts to offer constant support to the Joint Monitoring Committee. These experts will primarily assist in selection, monitoring, evaluation, and impact-assessment activities. These consultants should have expertise and sound experience in local development, poverty and social inclusion, Roma integration and urban regeneration, in addition to extensive knowledge of monitoring and evaluation (M&E), data analysis (both quantitative and qualitative), and participatory methods. The consultants are expected to: (1) provide support to the JMC secretariat to develop the M&E plan of the Program, based on analysis of the expressions of interest, but also through consultations with the local stakeholders included in the preparatory phase; they should start preparing the impact evaluation, primarily by selecting the comparator group described in section 6.4; (2) develop the selection criteria of the LISs, beginning with international and national best practices, but also based on ample consultations with experts of the Managing Authorities, CLLD staff employed in the Intermediate Bodies (RDAs), and local stakeholders included in the preparatory phase; and (3) offer technical support to the Common Selection Committee for selecting the LISs. The experts seconded to the JMC should sign a declaration of nonconflict of interest regarding the applications they are to assess. They should not be allowed to provide private consultancy for LAGs. The costs of this team of consultants could be covered by the preparatory support budget. Support for the development of Local Integration Strategies Ensuring that the LISs developed by the LAGs are of sufficient quality goes beyond providing information about the preparation process and quality criteria. It requires constant support from the CLLD experts employed by each of the IBs (RDAs), who should also monitor how much participation the preparatory process involves. Substantial efforts are needed at the MA/IB level to ensure that a sufficient number of quality strategies is prepared. Close cooperation, beginning with the early stages of the preparatory phase, is beneficial for all parties. Cooperation should not be viewed as an impediment to a fair evaluation within the competitive call. The solution is not to refrain from support activities for fear of biasing the results, but to make relevant information and solid support available to all LAGs participating in the preparatory phase. In this way, the principle of equal treatment is fulfilled at all times. IBs (RDAs) through the dedicated CLLD staff (both for ERDF and ESF) will play the role of “one -stop-shop” for all questions related to the LIS selection procedure that LAGs or others may have during the preparatory phase. It will be important to ensure that the strategy preparation process takes the form of an ongoing dialogue between IBs and LAGs. IBs support LAGs in strengthening their LISs and action plans, especially helping them to avoid becoming unrealistic and overambitious. Close interaction between LAGs and IBs is also needed to minimize the risk of projects’ creating new segregated areas (see Section 2.4). Also, the IBs will advise the LAGs to adjust their financial plans where needed, so that the budget is sufficient for implementing the action plan presented in the strategy, but also to make sure that the budget does not overemphasize unnecessary, large investments with little consideration of real local needs. As stated, the IBs will also closely monitor the quality of the participatory process to make sure it is real and does not only exist on paper. 81 Assessment of applications The assessment of applications will be carried out by the team of experts appointed by the Managing Authorities. It is good practice to assess each application against the selection criteria based on the “four - eyes” principle and to ensure two different experts have the opportunity to discuss their views of each application they assess. At the end of this assessment, the proposal will be ranked for its quality and handed to the Common Selection Committee. The Common Selection Committee is advised to be gender-balanced and to include relevant stakeholders (e.g. experts in working with marginalized communities, representatives of large NGOs active in the area — both Roma and non-Roma), in addition to the representatives of MA ROP and MA SOP HRD. Eligibility check The eligibility check is an administrative check, not a quality assessment or an assessment of the relevance of the LISs. The eligibility check will be performed by the IBs (RDAs), based on criteria related to the three key components of CLLD: the local partnership, the strategy, and the area (Box 18). This eligibility check applies to the LIS itself at this stage; later on, when projects under a LIS that is selected for funding are submitted, these projects will also undergo an individual eligibility and administrative conformity check. According to the rule that a city should have only one LAG representing only one urban marginalized area (including all relevant institutions), each city should prepare only a single LIS. The selection process should be organized at the national level, given that about 17–18 Local Integration Strategies must be selected out of a maximum of 115 applications. Selection criteria We propose that the strategies should compete against a common standard for CLLD, rather than against each other. The quality of the strategy and the proposed LAG partnership is thus a central component of the selection criteria. The main points to be considered in selecting the LISs are that the LIS: (1) respond to local needs; (2) be consistent with existing national, regional, or subregional strategies, including sectoral ones; (3) undertake development in a participative manner; (4) promote links between local development actions; (5) be integrated and multisectoral; (6) have an innovative character; (7) encompass cooperation and networking; (8) be based on viable budgets. To reflect the added value of the CLLD approach, other criteria refer to the experience of the LAG members in implementing EU-financed projects in collaboration with other partners. The successful completion of previous projects in the selected marginalized area is also considered as a plus, as it indicates knowledge in working with the targeted community. The third set of criteria relates to the extent to which the proposed urban area qualifies as an urban marginalized community. These criteria, pertaining to partnership, strategy, area, and previous experience, are mandatory selection criteria provided in the EC’s CLLD guidance.70 Two examples defining the LIS selection criteria for urban marginalized areas in Romania are provided in Boxes 19 and 20. One is from the CLLD guidance provided by the EC; the other is from Sweden. 70 European Commission, Common Guidance of the European Commission’s Directorates, 41. 82 Box 18. Criteria of eligibility for the call for proposals The LAG The LAG is a registered organization in which different segments of local community are represented: (1) The public sector (local authorities, public institutions) (2) The private sector (3) The civil society (teachers, doctors, nurses, church, NGOs) (4) The urban marginalized area(s) selected for intervention The targeted groups are correctly represented: youth, women, Roma, people with disabilities, low- skilled, inactive, and unemployed people. Public authorities and any other group of interest do not hold more than 49 percent of the votes. At least 20 percent of the Steering Committee members are representatives of the marginalized community. Rural area representatives who become partners in LAGs do not have more than 25 percent of the votes. The LIS The Local Integration Strategy includes the following elements: (1) The definition of the territory and population covered by the strategy, as well as of the urban marginalized area(s) included (2) An analysis of the development needs and potential of the area, including a strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, threats (SWOT) analysis (3) A description of the objectives, as well as the integrated and innovative character of the strategy, and a hierarchy of objectives, including clear and measurable targets for outputs or results (4) A description of the process of community involvement in the development of the strategy (5) An action plan demonstrating how objectives are translated into concrete projects (6) Descriptions of the management and monitoring arrangements, demonstrating the capacity of the LAG to implement the strategy and a description of specific arrangements for evaluation (7) A financial plan, including the planned allocation both for ERDF and ESF The territory The targeted population covered by a local partnership is not fewer than 10,000 and not more than 150,000 inhabitants. The rural population included in the targeted population (if it is the case) does not exceed 25 percent. The targeted territory refers to an urban or periurban area. The targeted territory includes at least one marginalized community. The targeted territory is coherent in economic, social, and physical terms, where coherence is understood in relation to “functionality” in supporting the aims of the Local Development Strategy. Cities with 10,000–20,000 inhabitants should be verified as nonparticipants in the LEADER Program. Country-specific criteria for ensuring sustainability Additional criteria to reflect the national vision for CLLD or fund-specific objectives could be added. For example, the qualitative research found that key elements for ensuring sustainability of the CLLD intervention in urban marginalized areas from Romania include the following: (1) The Integration Action Plan should include a set of community-building activities, based on voluntary community participation, including infrastructure works, when possible. 83 (2) Community involvement should be ensured throughout the project. To this aim, the “soft” activities, particularly the community-building ones, should be scheduled throughout the entire Integration Action Plan. (3) A system of sanctions and conditioning that will help motivate the community and make it more responsible need to be clearly spelled out and incorporated in the Local Integration Strategy and Action Plan. (4) Employ a facilitator (coach, mediator) able to understand, communicate effectively with, mobilize, and help the marginalized community to organize. (5) Establish71 a multipurpose amenity (Community Resource Center or any other type of multifunctional sociomedical center) within the urban marginalized area. 72 (6) Employ a dedicated team of specialists (including, for example, community health nurse, school mediator, Roma mediator or employment agent, according to the area needs) to provide various 73 services in a constant and systematic manner. Although this team will carry out tasks already included in the job description of various civil servants from public institutions, without a concentrated effort in the area, the integration objective is less likely to be achieved. Public policies uniformly applied under conditions of major discrepancy neither reduce inequalities not favor integration. (7) To enhance ownership and value of this center as a community identity marker, customization projects inside and outside the building, developed with community participation and under guidance from NGOs or architects, should be encouraged and financed. The selection criteria should include these aspects. Given the highly selective competition (only 17–18 LISs must be selected out of about 115 applications), the Joint Selection Committee may need to select one LIS from two or more LISs with the same score. In this situation, the Joint Monitoring Committee should prepare a clear regulation, by assigning priority to a certain category of criteria related to partnership, strategy, area, previous experience or sustainability. For example, if the selection focus is on success factors, then the criteria related to previous experience or sustainability might be given priority. If the focus is on meeting more needs, then the area-related criteria could be prioritized. However, this regulation should be disseminated among the local stakeholders through the package of information about the call for proposals (see Section 4.4). 71 Build, purchase, renovate, or extend the infrastructure and run the services. 72 The building that hosts this center will be spacious enough to accommodate all those services, provided with adequate lighting and heating, furnished (complete with toilets), and secure. Yet, the building will not be impose on or contrast with the area, but reflect a modest, ecological design to fit the area’s urban landscape. 73 These services will be provided in cooperation and under the supervision of the public institutions in charge, such as the County Employment Agency (AJOFM), the County School Inspectorate (ISJ), the General Directorate for Social Assistance and Child Protection (DGASPC), the Directorate for Public Health (DSP), the County Police Inspectorate (IPJ), the County Directorate for Statistics (DJS). 84 Box 19. Selection criteria for local integration strategies: Example 1 Score Total Selection criteria Weight (1 to 10) Score (A) (B) (=A*B) Is there evidence that the local community was involved in the elaboration of 2 7 14 the strategy? Criteria for score (out of 10): e.g. List of consulted persons, list of meetings, supporting statements, participative techniques (e.g. participative SWOT analysis, other community planning techniques used) Does the strategy reflect the development needs of the territory? 2 Criteria for score (out of10): A clear and logical link between strategy and actions and the SWOT analysis Is the strategy relevant in terms of its priorities and objectives? 2 Criteria for score (out of 10): Structured in priorities, each priority has objective, actions, indicators Is the action plan coherent? 2 Criteria for score (out of 10): An organized list of activities, each of which is described in broad terms Is the budget logically distributed among the main actions, and does it reflect 1 the strategy? Criteria for score (out of 10): Budget broken down into relevant headings in the work Program Are the financial resources provided sufficient to implement the action plan? 1 (i.e., is it feasible?) Criteria for score (out of 10): Financial resources estimated for each action heading Does the strategy complement other interventions in the area, especially other 1 Local Development Strategies? Criteria for score (out of 10): Strategy notes other interventions (they are listed, mapped, and related to) What is the relationship with other partnerships? Are there methods and systems of coordination that ensure synergy with other funds intervening in 1 the area? Criteria for score (out of 10): Other partnerships identified and mapped in relation to the partnership Systems of coordination set up (e.g. regular meetings with other LAGs) 85 Score Total Selection criteria Weight (1 to 10) Score (A) (B) (=A*B) What is the experience and capacity of the partnership and lead partner in 2 terms of administrative and financial management? Criteria for score (out of 10): Lead partner has previous experience with running local development partnership. Lead partner has designated and dedicated people to organize administrative and financial management. Does the partnership reflect the priorities of the strategy, especially in the case 1 of funding from several ESI Funds? Criteria for score (out of 10): Resources set aside for activation work Are working and decision-making procedures clear and transparent? 2 Criteria for score (out of 10): Governance structure explained Is the area sufficiently coherent with sufficient critical mass? 1 Criteria for score (out of 10): Size of area in sq. km. and population, geographical nature, and coherence Source: Guidance on CLLD, European Commission , April 2013: 59 86 Box 20. Selection criteria for local integration strategies: Example 2 Template for the collection of delivery practices on LEADER-based Local Development Strategies Example No. 6: MA checklists assisting LDS development Country: Sweden Region: LAG or MA: MA (Swedish Board of Agriculture) Contact details Tel: E-mail: Focus of the example (select one or more items): LDS Development Guidance on how to develop an LDS X Methods used effectively to develop an LDS  Structure of an LDS (mandatory and optional elements) X LDS Selection and Award Description of application procedure or process for LDS  Description of application procedure or process for a LAG, including the LDS (specific topics of interest include project evaluation techniques, building in links between the achievement of the LDS objectives)  LAG selection criteria if it includes LDS selection X LAG selection criteria without specific LDS selection criteria (if, nevertheless, one or more aspects of the selection criteria are relevant—for example, the methodology to be applied for defining, implementing, or M&E the LDS)  Monitoring and Evaluation Guidance for LAG-based M&E  M&E techniques used by LAGs—within the frame of the CMEF  M&E techniques used by LAGs—for self-evaluation  Other  Most important—potentially transferable—aspects of LDS illuminated by the example (select one or more items): Participatory methodologies  Ensuring policy coherence (links between broader goals, objectives, and project actions and outputs)  Capacity building X Other X Use of checklists as a guiding tool A. Background information: What is the scope of the approach—and why was it put in place? What are the needs or the issues that justified the adoption of this approach/solution? (for instance: reduction of administrative burdens, encouraging stakeholder participation, tackling specific concerns, improving coordination between policy actions, etc.) 87 In the massive information flow, and in the middle of their hectic local development duties, the LAGs need simple, easy-to- use tools for the efficient elaboration of their new Local Development Strategies (LDS). The Swedish Managing Authority (MA) provided its LAG evaluation checklists as a practical instrument to the LAGs when they prepared their 2007 –13 LDSs. The selection procedure was based on the principle that every rural territory performing according to the checklist would qualify. Yet the MA had its internal guide for the possibility of more than one rural group applying for the same geographic territory (the guide provided instructions on how to choose the best group). B. Description of the approach: How was done in practice? What does the approach/practice consist of, and how it is implemented (including procedural aspects, if relevant)? Who are the main actors involved in the implementation? The Swedish LDSs must be divided into a minimum of four parts: 1) analysis of the territory, 2) organization of LAG , 3) the LAG territory, and 4) quality of LDS. The MA checklists follow the same logic. Following is the mandatory part, translated to English: Analysis of the territory 1. SWOT analysis 2. Basic facts concerning the territory 3. Link between the territory and the selected LDS priorities LAG organization 4. Bottom-up approach in forming the partnership, the LAG as a legal organization (nonprofit association) and the LAG’s board of directors 5. Participation from public, private, and civil sectors LAG territory 6. Description of the positive but also negative factors that were relevant in defining the geographical area 7. The LAG’s own involvement in the definition of the area Quality of LDS 8. The relationship between the LDS priorities and the territory’s specific positive and negative factors 9. Description of the strategic priorities and thematic orientations of the LDS 10. Linkage of the LDS priorities to the national RDP 11. Description of transnational and interregional cooperation (not mandatory) 12. Multisector integration 13. Bottom-up approach, both in the LDS design and planned implementation 14. Innovative approach 15. Description of the implementation procedures 16. Sustainable development and equity 17. Targets and indicators defined and quantified for the program period, and with the LDS showing the estimates or calculations underlying them 18. LDSs’ horizontal priorities 19. LDS contribution to the competitiveness and growth of the rural economy, as well as to job creation 20. LAG’s project-selection criteria compared to the LDS 21. LDS in line with other regional and local level development plans 88 The checklists also define the minimum level for each point LAGs must reach in order to qualify. The requirement for innovative approach (14) is one example: The strategy should highlight new ideas and opportunities that can enhance the development of the area and ideas on how implementation can realize the strategy and its objectives. Examples could include new forms of project collaboration, new activities for new or existing networks, or original ideas about LDS delivery or about larger project efforts. Are there communication aspects involved in its implementation (to beneficiaries, the public or other stakeholders)? The MA makes the LAG selection checklists and the minimum criteria for each point public and available to the LAGs that are planning their LDSs. The material is also explained in the MA training and capacity-building events for the LAGs. C. Conclusions/lessons learnt relevant for the future: What were the results? What kind of benefits or improvements the practice is expected to generate (or have been observed)? Opening the process of LAG and LDS selection criteria in detail has improved the LDS quality in Sweden. The evaluation checklists have proved handy to use both by the MA and the LAGs. Has the approach produced additional burdens (in particular, administrative burdens) for its implementation? Problem The MA had to first design and write down the LAG evaluation checklists and the minimum criteria but this effort has been well worth it. What are the “lessons learnt”? Are they relevant in the view of the future policy framework and the possibilities offered by the next generation of RDPs as outlined in the legislative proposals for 2014–2020? Several member states have asked for clearer guidance on how to implement the new multifund LDS planning process for the 2014-20 programming period. Design and use of multifund LAG selection checklists in the Swedish way could be one very practical solution. 89 5 Implementing the local integration strategies Once LISs are selected for financing, the LAGs proceed to the implementation phase where the LAGs whose LIS has been selected for funding identify, select, and propose projects for financing. This chapter starts by reviewing a set of key principles for ensuring smooth implementation and further discusses the financial structure that will support a particular project intervention. The third section covers the project-level selection process, noting the complexities involved in a process that draws funding from multiple EU sources (e.g., ERDF and ESF). The next section highlights the need for effective knowledge sharing and exchange of best practices in project implementation, across all LAGs. Finally, monitoring and evaluation (M&E) mechanisms are proposed to ensure that the CLLD implementation process benefits from continuous feedback and improvement. 5.1 Key elements for smooth implementation of local integration strategies The qualitative research conducted for this assignment suggested a number of key elements for a successful implementation of LISs in Romania. These are:  make available a documentation that is as simple as possible;  elaborate easy-to-use applicant guides;  preserve the (pre)financing rules/conditions during the entire project cycle;  make advance payments available;  include the archiving costs among eligible costs;  provide reimbursement installments in a timely manner by reducing the processing time of payment requests;  offer permanent assistance and support through the Intermediate Bodies (Regional Development Agencies through dedicated CLLD staff); 90  establish a resource center for the NGOs implementing EU-financed projects or a mechanism of cooperation between them and the local authorities. 5.2 Financing the implementation of Local Integration Strategies The Managing Authorities should issue a list of clearly ineligible activities within the scope of each Program. A number of LIS project costs are not eligible for a contribution from the CSF Funds. These are presented in Box 21. The EC guidance suggests that “Beyond this set of rules, experience has shown that additional ones should not be added unless clearly justified.”74 Box 21. Costs that are not eligible for financing The following costs shall not be eligible for a contribution from the CSF funds: (a) interest on debt; (b) the purchase of land not built on and land built on in the amount exceeding 10 percent of the total eligible expenditure for the operation concerned. In exceptional and duly justified cases, a higher percentage may be permitted for operations concerning environmental conservation; (c) value added tax. However, VAT amounts shall be eligible where they are not recoverable under national VAT legislation and are paid by a beneficiary other than non-taxable person as defined in the first subparagraph of Article 13(1) of Directive 2006/112/EC, provided that such VAT amounts are not incurred in relation to the provision of infrastructure. (Common Provisions Regulation proposal, Article 59.3) Source: Guidance on CLLD, European Commission , April 2013: 47. Examples of negative lists or ineligible projects for financing could also include: rehabilitation of town halls, rehabilitation of political parties offices, any project which does not conform to national legislation or regional development planning or trends, and any action that encourages the marginalization of certain social or ethnic groups. Distribution between funds For LIS projects that aim at financing from more than one fund (e.g. combining ERDF and ESF), strict demarcation lines between the scope of intervention of ERDF and ESF should be avoided. 75 However, a beneficiary cannot claim a reimbursement for the same expenditure item from different funding sources. This rule should also be reflected in the monitoring system. A Managing Authority should not reject a project for support with the argument that it also falls under the eligibility of the other fund as long as the project meets a number of conditions. These conditions are that it corresponds to the objectives of the fund, it is coherent with the LIS, and it complies with relevant 74 European Commission, Common Guidance of the European Commission’s Directorates, p. 47. 75 European Commission, Common Guidance of the European Commission’s Directorates, p. 48. 91 legislation. Complex projects can be split into several operations supported by different funds simultaneously. As shown in Section 4.5, resources should be allocated to local LAG partnerships at the joint selection of the strategy. The LIS as proposed by the LAG will identify the needs of support from the different funds and Programs in order to implement all aspects of the strategy. This will include an indicative budget allocation. The allocation will depend on the needs and projects identified in the LIS. The selection committee when approving the LIS will also set out the allocations of each CSF fund by Program and LIS priority. In addition, the decision will set out the respective roles of the LAG and the authorities responsible for the management and control tasks under each Program (ROP, SOP HRD) for all implementation tasks related to the strategy.76 Running costs and animation In addition, in the implementation phase, support is made available for running costs of LAGs and animation activities. There is a strong recommendation to make use of the simplified cost options and to apply a system of advances for the running costs. During the implementation, at the level of each LIS, the running and animation costs for each LIS should not exceed 25 percent of the total public expenditure incurred for this strategy (amount spent by a LAG)77. During the implementation period, the costs of the community facilitator can be regarded as animation costs and not as running costs. As ERDF is the lead fund under CLLD in Romania, it should cover all running and animation costs. Box 22 presents the rules regarding the use of state aid. Box 22. State aid rules Depending on the nature of the operation, state aid rules may be applicable. Support provided may fall under a block exemption regulation, a state aid scheme approved by the Commission, the SGEI decision for “services of general economic interest” or the “de minimis” rule. Where this is not the case, an individual notification is required. It is expected, though, that most CLLD projects will fall under the de minimis rule. Source: Guidance on CLLD, European Commission , April 2013: 48. Local contribution The municipalities of the targeted territory must commit themselves to contributing 2 to 5 percent of the public funding received by the LAG from ERDF and ESF. The municipalities must commit themselves to funding according to the annual one-time payment principle (“lump sum”). We propose that the contribution of municipalities should be kept at a low level due to (1) the low local budget, in particular of 76 Proposal for Common Provisions Regulation Article 30.1 and Article 29.5 following an agreement reached in trialogue negotiations. 77 European Commission, Common Guidance of the European Commission’s Directorates, pp. 50-51. 92 the smaller cities; (2) the typical relationship between urban marginalized communities and the local authorities; and (3) the dominant perception of the general population on the marginalized communities, especially of those perceived as a Roma community. Raising the contribution of municipalities could lead to low participation of cities with many marginalized areas at the call for expression of interest phase, which in turn results in unequal chances or further exclusion of the people from urban marginalized communities. The eligibility of contributions in kind (Article 59 [1], Common Provision Regulation proposal) is essential to meet the character of the voluntary work involved in the implementation of local projects. The methodology applied by the Romanian Social Development Fund under its Social Inclusion Project for determining the local contribution provides a good example for poor urban communities (RSDF, 2011). Here, the local contribution comprises the actual contribution of the targeted community members (community contribution) and any contribution of the local public administration or other partners or sponsors (other contributions) to the effective implementation of the integrated approach. Under their rules, the total local contribution should be at least 6 percent and not be more than 60 percent of the funding requested from RSDF. Local contribution can also be in kind. The contribution in kind for unskilled work is determined by multiplying the number of hours worked within the project with the minimum gross wage in the economy. For professional services the contribution in kind is determined by multiplying the number of days worked for the project with the regular wage of the given professional. In-kind contributions in the form of premises and equipment are accepted only for social services; they are calculated by multiplying the number of months with the standard local cost for services of public interest. Feasibility studies, environment studies, authorizations and other technical documentation that was completed before the onset of the project could be considered local contribution if they relate to the project objectives, are appropriate from technical and economical perspectives, and were invoiced. However, this type of contribution should not exceed 2 percent of the overall costs of the corresponding constructions and/or installations. The qualitative research conducted for this assignment found that the contribution of communities from urban marginalized areas will most likely consist of the participation of community members as volunteers in the “soft” activities of the local projects. Voluntary work will be mainly provided through the participation in community-building activities. As for involving the members of the marginalized community in infrastructure work based on a public tender, the contracted company cannot be forced to employ people from the community, according to the law. Nevertheless, the construction companies that hire people from the marginalized communities will receive additional points in the CLLD related tenders, pending approval of such procedures by the mandated government agency (the National Authority for Regulating and Monitoring Public Procurement). Levels of support for different types of projects The proportion of the proposed project that is funded could vary according to the project type. Small community-building projects should preferably be granted 100 percent public support, social nonprofit development projects maximum 90 percent, social nonprofit infrastructure investments maximum 85 percent. The grants for local entrepreneurs for business infrastructure development typically receive the lowest financial support. However, the study showed that attracting local businesses to work with the LAG could be very challenging. So, in order to mitigate this risk, the Managing Authorities may consider to 93 include some incentives like business subsidies in business areas 78 like tourism, caring services, crafts. In this way the business sector might be more willing to participate, bring in the desired private funds and perhaps also contribute to job and business creation. 5.3 Selection of projects Project cycle LAG activities are presented in the form of a Local Integration Action Plan (part of the LIS) that is designed for four-to-five-year periods based on participatory planning techniques (forums, workshops). It should be the duty of LAG staff to inform, activate and encourage local people to propose their project ideas that can be part of the LIS action pan after adequate evaluation. A selected project is carried out in several distinct steps (Figure 11) and begins with the identification of a problem or of a clearly defined need. Then, it is developed into a project plan and application including objectives, partners, calendar and proposed budget. Figure 11. The life cycle of a development project MA ROP and MA IBs (RDAs) eligibility Implementation SOP HRD check & funding formal approval & funding LAG Steering Project outputs Committee approval Project plan and Project results application Initial problem or a Project impact need for the project In the next step, the LAG Steering Committee makes the decision on the basis of the merit of the project, weighed against objective criteria assessing possible impact on the integration of urban marginalized area and the local economy. The LAG submits the project to the Intermediate Body (RDA), which performs the eligibility check. This is just a legality check on the eligibility of operations, not a quality assessment or an assessment of the relevance of the project for the local strategy. The RDA should then hand it on to the MA ROP, MA SOP HRD, or both (as some projects can be financed simultaneously by different funds). The Managing Authorities issue the formal approval. 78 The national legislation provides that the incentives for employment stimulation, as activation measure implemented through the public employment service, are granted to employers who hire young graduates of educational institutions; young graduates of educational institutions with disabilities; young people with difficulties in entering the labor market; disabled persons; unemployed single parents; unemployed aged over 45; and unemployed who are less than three years from retirement. 94 The implementation phase is monitored through regular milestone reports. Project outputs that are specified in advance are assessed by the LAG in cooperation with the IBs (RDAs), and overall results and long-term project impacts are identified by independent experts, once the Steering Committee and the Intermediate Body has confirmed that the sums allocated were spent with the stated objectives and that it was managed in conformity with what was initially agreed. In the ideal case, after the project is submitted to the LAG, the LAG Steering Committee should communicate a decision within two months at most, the Intermediate Body and the Managing Authorities should provide the formal decision within a maximum of six months, and in case of a positive response, should transfer the funds to the beneficiary within three additional months. That way, implementation could start about one year after application. If approval and funding take more than a year or even several years, the value added of the project (and of the CLLD approach) risk being wiped out or seriously limited. In general, the projects are carried out by the private or public project promoters who apply to the LAG for funding. The LAG itself or one of LAG members can also be project promoters. Either way, the rules for transparency in decision-making and conflict of interest will be respected: Those involved in project development will not be involved in project selection or approval; likewise, those involved in project selection or approval will not be involved in verifying payment requests. Project applications are qualified or disqualified by the LAG Steering Committee (LAG SC), which typically has 10-30 members who represent all different interest groups. It is crucially important that none of the stakeholders or political, ideological, religious, or ethnic interest groups take over decision making. The ideal LAG SC members are not safeguarding the benefits of their own organization but bring in local expertise: They have a wide knowledge of the region and an extensive contact network they can use in their decision making. A well-functioning LAG SC prioritizes between high-quality project applications and targets public funds for the most value-adding projects, keeping in mind the objectives of the LIS. For instance, the construction companies that employ people from the marginalized areas could receive additional points in their CLLD-related tenders, not only because of the impacts on infrastructure development but also of 79 those on employment. Transparency and conflict of interest To avoid the concentration of power in a few hands only, the LAG Steering Committee (LAG SC) must be reelected annually by the General Assembly, consisting of all members of the LAG. Also, the same person cannot be reelected to the LAG SC for more than two consecutive (annual) mandates. To ensure transparency, the complete list of the members of the LAG Steering Committee, along with their institutional affiliation, will be made public every year and will be submitted for control by the Intermediate Bodies (RDAs), the Management Authorities, and the entitled institutions. Managing Authorities will put in place selection criteria and procedures in order to reinforce the added value of the bottom-up approach, while at the same time keeping the costs and risks 80 at acceptable levels. 79 Pending approval of such a procedure by the mandated government agency (the National Authority for Regulating and Monitoring Public Procurement). 80 Examples of risks to efficiency: LAGs backdating grants resulting in a risk of deadweight, lack of transparency in project selection, potential conflicts of interest, high operating costs, lengthy procedures (European Court of Auditors, 2010). 95 For this, the Common Provisions Regulation81 sets out minimum tasks for LAGs, including minimum requirements linked to administrative and financial capacity and the setting up of transparent project selection procedures. The European Court of Auditors (2010) recommends the following rules to avoid a conflict of interest:  Grant decisions made by a handful of people and to their own organizations are likely to be to the detriment of local governance rather than its enhancement, and also create a reputational risk for the EU. Members of the Steering Committee (and organizations they represent) may submit projects for LAG funding, but cannot participate in the assessment or selection of their own projects. The possible conflict of interest has to be documented with a declaration on the part of that LAG SC member, with minutes of the selection, and a report on the specific way in which the LAG has mitigated the risks.  LAGs have to take seriously the need for transparency. LAGs have to be able to demonstrate that they have consistently followed proper procedures. It is a good practice to document all project assessments and to publish minutes of project selection meetings on LAG websites. Selection criteria for projects The LAGs should develop clear selection criteria for projects in cooperation with the IBs (RDAs). The selection criteria is recommended to be in line with the general selection criteria for the projects financed under ERDF and ESF. An example of a project approval form that includes the selection criteria from the Joutsenten Reitti LAG82 on LEADER (Finland) is presented below. 81 Proposal for Common Provisions Regulation Article 30.3, following an agreement reached in trialogue negotiations. 82 2 One of the 55 Finnish LAGs in the countryside (50,000 inhabitants, 2, 500 km ). 96 Proposal to approve the project application Dnro 29 Applicant PROCREST company Project name Marketing and production development Project duration 5.2.2008–4.2.2010 Project target area Vammala and Huittinen municipalities Person in charge Pasi Niittymäki, owner Project type Nonprofit development Economic development Training project Nonprofit investment X Company development Company group development X Company investment Company first employee Project reference with the strategies Local LEADER Strategy 2007–2013 Strategy 5: Improving attractiveness of the territory (new job creation) Finnish Rural Development Program 2007–2013 Measure 312: Establishment and development of microenterprises Summary of project actions Investing in new 3-D web-based planning tool for staircase design, marketing, and production Investing in more efficient wood-processing machinery Arguments for approval The company that employs five persons is seeking new growth in staircase production. The investment aims at lifting the turnover from €363,000 to €900,000, which would enable three new jobs in the company. Scoring of the selection criteria 1=weak 2=average 3=strong In line with local LEADER strategy 3 Increases company profitability 3 Based on true needs 3 Adequate private funding 3 Innovative 3 Realistic input-output ratio 3 Creating permanent impacts 3 Sustainability and equity impact 2 Creating new jobs 3 YHT 26 Application process Application submitted 1.28.08 In Vammala6.17.08 Board evaluation 2.5..08, 6.16..08 LAG Manager 97 5.4 Mutual learning and exchange of good practices Cooperation and networking should be conducted continuously throughout the Program. As shown in Section 4.4, building on the LEADER experience, the JMC secretariat will develop a LAG platform from the outset of the Program. The LAG platform will include an online presentation of all relevant information about the Program. This includes the rules, procedures, legislation, calls, selection results, useful data and tools, The Atlas of Urban Marginalized Areas, the Conceptual Pilots, Q&A, etc. In addition, the JMC secretariat in cooperation with the IBs (RDAs) and with the support of the team of experts (see Section 4.5) will identify best practices through the monitoring activities and will document and disseminate them on the online platform. The good practices will cover various fields —area-based activities, sectoral activities, successful urban regeneration, sound financial management, transparency and conflict of interest, innovative projects and so on. During the preparatory phase, cooperation and networking activities should be financed and the LAGs will be encouraged to organize various knowledge sharing activities such as field visits within the country (to other LAGs) or abroad. For visits abroad, the secretariat of the JMC should provide a list of ten cities to be visited, including the good practice cases such as those presented in Box 1 (Section 2.1) and Box 2 (Section 2.4). Other European cities can be also visited but only with previous acceptance from the Intermediate Bodies (RDAs) based on an explanatory note. A series of regional workshops should be planned and organized by the IBs (RDAs through their dedicated CLLD staff). This activity will be monitored at the Program level by the JMC secretariat. All LAGs that benefit of preparatory grants should have to participate in two workshops at least. The beneficiaries of visits abroad will have to deliver a presentation to their counterparts in the region, including the main lessons learned and how they can apply those within their territory. The LAGs should be encouraged to create their own websites (linked to the LAGs platform) for disseminating their experience. Through the Point of Public Access to Information (located in the multi- functional center located in the urban marginalized area) the Program could offer the opportunity to vulnerable groups to share their views and opinions. They could map their community and link it to the OpenStreetMap virtual community. They could upload their content for promoting their culture, activities, multifunctional center, social enterprise etc. In this sense, they can work with local media together with their partners—local authorities, private sector and civil society. Documenting and communicating the changes, successes, and failures should be continued during implementation and will represent the main phasing-out activities. All LAGs participating in the Program will publish on their website the results of the baseline study in the selected urban marginalized area, the Local Integration Strategy (including the action plan and the financial plan) and data about Steering Committee elected members. In addition, during the implementation phase, the LAGs that have been selected for financing will publish the calls for projects, selection criteria for projects, minutes of the selection meetings, audit, monitoring and evaluation reports. Box 23 summarizes the activities of URBACT, the urban development network in the EC. 98 Box 23. Networking among cities: URBACT–the EU’s urban development network Cities connected to the URBACT network have a lot of interesting learning to share with others, within their own localities, regions, and across Europe. Communicating and disseminating results is an important part of URBACT networks, and URBACT Local Support Groups are encouraged to take every opportunity to make their work visible. This can start from the launch of an URBACT Local Support Group and continue through the participation process to the final publication and launch of the Local Action Plan. External communication can help build political and popular support around the Local Action Plan, especially drawing on the legitimacy a European Program can bring to the picture (in some countries). Involvement in and hosting of transnational events can also be communicated in the local media. Well-planned communication activity can add value by: • validating the involvement of stakeholders and promoting their work; • showcasing results to potential funders (Managing Authorities or other); • publicizing good examples for others that work on similar subjects; • building a sense of community by gaining the interest and trust of inhabitants. A number of instruments can be used for doing this. These include:  URBACT project mini-website—make use of the customized space on the URBACT portal to showcase each project’s activities and goals. URBACT Local Support Groups can add links to the municipal and other stakeholders’ websites;  newsletter—contribute articles and features about the URBACT network and URBACT Local Support Group in the newsletters distributed by stakeholder agencies;  events—take part in community events with an information stand, or run URBACT Local Support Group events, such as open days, fairs, conferences;  social media—make use of Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, blogs to raise the profile of the network, the theme and the URBACT Local Support Group. Remember to use the URBACT communication guidelines and logos for all communication activities. Source: The URBACT II Local Support Group Toolkit, June 2013: 36-37. Strategic communication and learning Strategic communications aim to ensure all community members and stakeholders have equal access to and understanding of information. An inclusive communication strategy promotes education and learning, fosters relationships and coalition building, encourages social mobilization, and builds capacity for sustainable communication systems and practices. Strategic communication plays a key role in community empowerment. Communications interventions can be incorporated at specific entry points in operations to improve project outcomes. A list of possible strategic communication interventions at different stages of the project cycle is summarized in Box 24. Box 24. Possible strategic communication interventions at different stages of the project cycle 99 Project cycle Possible Strategic Communications Intervention stage Preparation/facilit This is the most important intervention to ensure that all stakeholders have clarity on the “rules ation of the game": Who can participate? What are the time frames? What are the requirements and conditions? Application Reminders of deadlines and procedures to be followed must be disseminated frequently. process Field appraisal Communities should be consulted during this process. There must be clarity on the process, roles, responsibilities, and rationale for this exercise. Approval Subproject approvals must be communicated openly and transparently so there is no doubt about the merits of the selected proposals. Implementation Preparation and implementation of communication campaigns must be accomplished: provide and supervision and communicate simplified bidding documents; provide simplified technical standards, material production, training, stakeholder networking, management information system and other monitoring and evaluation tools. Monitoring and Lead participatory monitoring and evaluation exercises communicated by local facilitators. evaluation Maintenance and Communicate a single set of requirements for developing community-level operations and sustainability maintenance plan across projects; plan for periodic supervision after project completion and communicate requirements, methods, standards, etc. Highly valuable components of dynamic structured learning in community-driven development projects are peer learning, peer-to-peer exchanges, and community networking, where active communities are given the opportunity to present their achievements and challenges and learn from others. Learning processes and outcomes need to be built into the project management information system and linked to Program decision-making. Adaptive designs and flexibility in implementation are important characteristics of a program that can incorporate lessons from ongoing implementation experience on a continual basis. 100 6 Monitoring and evaluation 6.1 Monitoring and Evaluation (M&E) in community led development projects Monitoring and evaluation (M&E) enables managers to track progress and get better results by learning what works, what doesn’t, and why this is the case. The role played by monitoring differs from that of evaluation. Specifically: Monitoring - Measures progress against work plans and budgets. - Gives an early indication to project managers of what is working and what isn’t. It flags areas where more detailed investigation is needed to understand why this is the case. For example: Are you reaching your target beneficiaries as planned, and if not why not? This requires you to know whether the project is systematically failing to reach marginalized women or poor men. - Provides rapid feedback for decision making and course correction if necessary. In the example above, it is evidence from project monitoring that allows previously unforeseen constraints to be addressed — to get the project back on track. - Provides opportunities for beneficiaries to get feedback on progress and raise concerns if necessary. Evaluation - Helps us to measure the impact of the project or program and understand the major drivers of this impact. Given the investment in the project, it is important to identify which groups have benefited and by how much. Capturing the gender dimension to this story is critical to understanding the impact on deprivation. - Tells us whether the project approach has delivered or is likely to deliver the project goals. - Enables changes in the well-being of community-led development project beneficiaries to be attributed to a particular project or program. 101 - Is required to test (pilot) innovative approaches to poverty reduction before these can be replicated at a larger scale (World Bank 2011). The results chain Each project has a theory of how it will reduce marginalization/ deprivation/ poverty. This can be represented as a results chain (see figure 12 for an example) that sets out a logical sequence of how the project will turn inputs (resources allocated to project activities) into outputs and intermediate outcomes (more assets and more responsive institutions) that will deliver outcomes by fulfilling project objectives, such as increased access to services and better livelihood options for the marginalized. A successful project will then ultimately have an impact in terms of an improvement in the quality of life of the marginalized groups. Figure 12. The results chain of a community driven project Different organizations have different approaches to monitoring and evaluating progress along the results chain. The World Bank uses a results framework —one type of logical framework (logframe) —to summarize what the project is trying to achieve and to set out how results are measured, monitored, and evaluated. Although each results framework is (or should be) tailored to a specific project or program, community-led development interventions do have common generic characteristics. A generic logical framework for community-driven development (CDD) that was adopted by the World Bank is presented in figure 13 below. Figure 13. General logical framework for community driven development (CDD) 102 Source: World Bank (2011). While there is likely to be a common understanding of income generation and service improvement as project development objectives in community-led development projects, there are various definitions of empowerment in current use. Here we highlight two separate aspects of empowerment: agency and collective action. This “unpacking” of empowerment is important f or M&E and, in particular, for monitoring and evaluation of CDD or CLLD. In the social sciences, agency refers to the capacity of individuals to act independently and to make their own free choices; it can be exercised in the individual, household, or public sphere. Collective action refers to the ability of people to work collectively (World Bank 2011). The generic logframe simply suggests that for CDD and CLLD projects, increased agency is likely to reflect increased access to assets (sometimes described as endowments) and better institutions that influence how these assets can be used. The logframe is a convenient way of presenting the logic of CLLD interventions. It suggests where to focus our M&E efforts, but does not describe the full story of how outcomes are achieved. Table 8 considers likely areas of focus for M&E within the hierarchy of generic CLLD objectives. It is based on a review of the World Bank CDD portfolio and reflects the three main project development objectives: (1) income generation, (2) empowerment, and (3) service improvement (World Bank 2011). In Table 8, program processes are treated as separate from activities or outputs. This helps to focus attention on monitoring who decides on project activities and how marginalized target groups make their views heard. These decisions are likely to have a profound impact on program outcomes and therefore it is very important to identify process indicators. However, once this has been done, process indicators are typically placed alongside activity or outcome indicators in the results framework (World Bank 2011). 103 Table 8. Generic logframe for community led development: where to focus M&E Source: World Bank 2011 6.2 M&E arrangements for CLLD in Romania Lessons learned from the LEADER program showed that it is critical to have a strong monitoring and evaluation system and conduct periodical assessments of the performance of LAGs, with the possibility of upgrading the original planned budget. M&E arrangements should be established from the onset of the program. All actions related to the CLLD interventions must be monitored and evaluated both in terms of effectiveness (the extent to which they reach their goals) and finances (disbursement). Indicators and targets must be set and agreed upon upfront by all stakeholders. Also, the quality of the delivery mechanism of the CLLD program should be monitored during its lifetime. Earlier, we showed that the M&E activities will be carried out at three levels —JMC, IB, and LAG. The main M&E responsibility is with the secretariat of the Joint Monitoring Committee, supported by the team of experts contracted during the first phase of setting up the support structure (July –December 2014; see Figure 10). During the first part of 2015, the JMC secretariat should develop a monitoring and evaluation plan including a set of key indicators and responsibilities for both the IBs and LAGs. Data collection will mainly be the responsibilities of the LAGs (which should collect information on each project that is selected 104 for funding) and the Joint IBs (RDAs). The IBs will centralize the data from LAGs and will report to the JMC secretariat as well as to the Managing Authorities. All data should be transmitted via electronic means. Box 25. Setting up targets and monitoring arrangements in a CLLD strategy According to the CLLD guidance issued by the EC, a community-led local development strategy should contain:  a hierarchy of objectives, including measurable targets for outputs or results. Results targets may be expressed in quantitative or qualitative terms  a description of the … monitoring arrangements of the strategy … and a description of specific arrangements for evaluation Proposal for the Common Provisions Regulation Article 29.1(c) and Article 29.1(f) following an agreement reached in trialogue negotiations Source: Guidance on CLLD, European Commission, April 2013: 53. Studies Annual evaluations, midterm reviews, and the impact evaluation should be based on studies done by external professionals (consultants or consultancy firms). The studies should be based on representative samples of projects to validate the estimates made by final beneficiaries, or of residents from the urban marginalized area, and for assessing the benefits of the CLLD intervention at individual, household and community levels. The evaluation surveys will be financed from the preparatory support budget or, during the implementation phase, from running costs. Reporting The monitoring activities should track the achievement of the output indicators that reflect the extent to which project activities have been realized in a timely and effective manner. Monitoring activities will also cover the facilitation process and its quality, especially through qualitative methods and field visits. Regular Monitoring Reports should be issued monthly at all levels: local (LAGs), regional (IBs [RDAs]) and national (JMC secretariat [overall]), and Managing Authorities (by fund). Monitoring Progress Reports will be issued every six months at all levels: local (LAGs), regional (IBs [RDAs]) and national (JMC secretariat [overall]), and Managing Authorities (by fund). Once the projects are being implemented, a comprehensive results-monitoring report should be issued every six months that should reflect the extent to which the specific objectives at the sector level have been achieved. Consolidated Annual Reports should be issued every year at all levels defined above. A midterm review of the LIS and of the Program as a whole should be carried out between December 2018 and January 2019, two years after implementation of the strategies selected for financing. An Impact Evaluation Report will be issued during June and July 2022 based on data collected in two waves, i.e., January 2017 (after the selection of LAGs and Local Integration Strategies) and in January 2022 (at the end of the programming period 2014–2022). The Impact Evaluation will measure the impact of the whole Program at the household, urban marginalized areas, city, regional, and national levels. It will include a comparator group, based on a methodology described below. All reports must be widely disseminated (at 105 least on the LAGs platform and the LAGs’ websites) and discussed by all stakeholders to decide on project adjustments and next steps. Quality control Control can be performed through the mechanism of direct visits and through reporting, monitoring, inspection, audit, and evaluation of activity implementation. Quality control over the implementation of all processes and activities has the following objectives:  Ensure that each process is in line with rules, principles, and policies  Ensure that the results obtained during the planning stage are obtained through the correct process and mechanism  Control activity implementation so that it is aligns with the established plan  Control funds utilization to ensure correspondence with plan and transparent management  Ensure the quality of implemented activities in addressing determined criteria  Ensure that actors can perform their tasks and responsibilities in accordance with their function Box 26. Example of quality control checklist Capacity Enhancement  Mobilization complete  Mobilization and training delivered and evaluated  Community ownership demonstrated over proposed project  LAG staff skilled up from training for project development, procurement, implementation, and maintenance  Transparency, participation, and planning ensured  LAG display of the necessary info about community contribution, etc. Finance  Financial documents prepared properly and filed Procurement  Procurement rules followed  Results of tendering posted by the LAG and tendering properly documented and filed Civil works  Goods purchased according to specifications  Participatory M&E ensured  Progress reports prepared  Scope of work and quality followed Program output indicators The six Conceptual Pilots provide examples of output indicators at the LIS level for six different types of urban marginalized areas. At the national level, the output indicators will include indicators relevant for each concerned fund (ERDF and ESF). Examples of national-level indicators include:  number of applications to the call for expression of interest  number of preparatory grants  number of urban marginalized (from ... cities, with ... inhabitants) included in the Program  number of LAGs established  total public expenditure for CLLD (and by fund) 106  total number of Local Integration Strategies developed  total number of quality Local Integration Strategies developed83  number of new jobs created (in private firms and social enterprises)  number of low-skilled, inactive, or unemployed people trained/employed  new investments, in millions of euro  number of newly built multipurpose amenities in urban marginalized areas  number of beneficiaries of services provided through the community center  number of social housing units—built, refurbished, purchased  number of new beneficiaries of social housing  number of newly built sanitation facilities in urban marginalized areas  number of beneficiaries with improved access to water and sanitation in urban marginalized areas  number of positive articles in local, regional, or national media  number of participants in voluntary work  number of children enrolled in education Program outcome indicators Outcome indicators should reflect how the lives of the residents in urban marginalized areas have changed. They should be linked to the objectives and the results frameworks of the LISs and the CLLD program as a whole. They should also be linked to the intervention logic. Table 9 presents a set of outcome indicators. Baseline values and targets for the year 2020/2022 should be set at the local but also regional and national levels. Table 9. Examples of outcome indicators Measurement RESULT INDICATORS Unit Reduction of the poverty incidence among residents of the urban marginalized area % Increased community human capital Increased participation in education by area children % Reduction of school dropout and early school departure rates among children and youth in the urban % marginalized area Increased qualification levels of skills and abilities relevant for entering the labor market among % adults from the urban marginalized area Increased number of children who benefit from specialized services and social benefits % Reduced number of children in vulnerable situations % Improvement of the population health status % Increased number of area dwellers in possession of identification % Increase in residents’ satisfaction about living conditions and services available in the urban % marginalized area (community-, medical-, education- and social-related) Increase in the population information’s level and usage of modern technology to obtain benefits in % various life spheres Increased community material/economic capital 83 See selection criteria in Section 4.5. 107 Measurement RESULT INDICATORS Unit Increased employment in the formal sector for the urban marginalized area adults (especially % women, youth, Roma) Increased participation in special schemes related to active labor market services (targeting women, % youth, Roma, residents of the urban marginalized area) Increased access to paved/asphalted roads % Increased access to water and sewage services % Increased level residents’ satisfaction about infrastructure access and area cleanliness % Increased number of area dwellers owning title deeds for their dwelling/shelter % Increased community social capital Decrease in the number of area prostitution, beggary, violent- and petty-crime cases* % Increased satisfaction about the security level in the area % Increased satisfaction about community relationships and the level of trust in other people, in the % other community members, and in institutions Increase of residents’ participation in activities aimed at achieving common objectives % Increased community symbolic capital Acknowledgement of area map and inclusion of the area in the city-planning process Yes/no Increased satisfaction of city residents living in neighborhoods of the urban marginalized area % Improved area perception among city residents % Source: Conceptual Pilots. *Official data of the County Police Inspectorate are also used. 6.3 Community-based monitoring All local partners, including the marginalized community, should actively take part in the monitoring and evaluation activities. Community-based monitoring is both a form of public supervision of the way in which the project was implemented, and an efficient way to mobilize the community. Community members can identify errors, make suggestions of improvement, and give feedback to the project coordinators. In addition to increase the efficiency of the decision-making process it will also help people to be better informed and more aware of their rights as beneficiaries, citizens, and human beings. Community based monitoring can help ensure active involvement of urban disadvantaged communities in project supervision, increase their awareness of their rights to quality services, and making them direct participants in assessing and recommending improvements of the quality and accessibility of existing services. It can also collect data directly from the community level about the effectiveness of implementation of the project and policy measures and assess the actual coverage, accessibility and affordability of services. It can also assess how professionals involved in the project treat urban disadvantaged people, what possible obstacles urban disadvantaged communities face when using services, and where needed services are missing. It is also an effective tool that can help identify gaps and needed improvement of national level measures. It is also an effective public awareness and advocacy tool for the rights of vulnerable groups, providing for direct relationship with the community. It may also serve as a guide for priority setting and decision making with regard to choice of programs, policies, and practices for improving community well-being. The following instruments could be used in community-based monitoring: 108 1. The Citizen’s Box: A classical suggestions and reclamations box is placed within the Community Resource Center or the multifunctional center. The facilitator will collect the messages received from the residents of the urban marginalized area. These will be analyzed together with LAG staff, and results will be presented both in public community meetings and in monthly Steering Committee meetings. 2. The Citizen’s Message: LAG will work with an ICT company to develop software to allow citizens from the marginalized community to send free SMSs [texts] to report complaints regarding project implementation (grievance mechanism) or situations of discrimination, corruption, violence, abuse, or exploitation. These data will be collected, validated, and analyzed, and afterwards presented quarterly, in the Steering Committee meetings. Confidentiality will be observed throughout the process. 3. The Little Citizen: To involve children and youth in the monitoring process, schools attended by community children will provide questionnaires to children to be completed at home, together with parents. Data collected will reveal the awareness of community interventions, along with user satisfaction with these interventions. Completed questionnaires will be handed by teachers to the school mediator who will proceed to their analysis, together with LAG personnel. Results will be presented both in public community meetings and in the monthly Steering Committee meetings. Steps for conducting participatory monitoring are presented in Box 27. Box 27. Steps in conducting participatory community monitoring The following steps can be taken to assist with independent monitoring included in marginalized communities: 1. Call a general meeting to ask who would be interested in participating in the monitoring exercise. It is important to check if community members actually have the time to participate in this activity. 2. Once the community decides who wishes to join the participatory monitoring, the facilitator meets with the group at a time convenient to them. 3. The facilitator builds consensus on the purpose of the exercise, clarifies his/her role, expectations and reviews the schedule. 4. Community members then identify the monitoring and evaluation questions they want answered related to the project activity. Questions come solely from the community; there are no predetermined questions or forms from the facilitators. The group then brainstorms on ways to collect the data and who is responsible for data collection. 5. Once the data is gathered, the group meets again to analyze it and reach consensus on findings, conclusions, and recommendations. 6. The group then reports to the larger community and together they prepare a plan of action to improve performance if needed. Source: Susan Wong (2004) 109 6.4 Impact evaluation The impact evaluation will be conducted at the LAG level and at the national/CLLD Program level. At the LAG level, the impact evaluation should be external, performed by a specialized company or consultants. The evaluation will measure the extent to which the objectives and targets established in the beginning of the project are reached. For this purpose, a baseline study will be done at the start of the program or project. At the end of the program, the same study will be repeated, measuring the same set of indicators, to observe the extent to which the situation has improved and the objectives were reached. For this purpose, the result indicators should be measured based on a representative household survey in the marginalized community. The population census could be used to validate some of the findings of the baseline survey. At the Program level, the impact evaluation will be based on two surveys conducted by specialists in January 2017 (after the selection of LAGs and Local Integration Strategies) and in January 2022 (at the end of the programming period 2014–2022). The objective of the Impact Evaluation is to understand the impact of the programs financed through ERDF and ESF based on CLLD approach. The nature of the projects and programs included in the LIS makes it difficult to observe a change in outcomes in a short period of time (e.g. on poverty or on employment rates). A longer time span is required to assess the quality of the Program and its possible various spillover effects. Despite these drawbacks, impact evaluation should be performed for selected Local Integration Strategies. The projects and urban marginalized communities under the financed Local Integration Strategies will be compared with a comparator group which will be formed during the first research wave in January 2017. The evaluation framework will measures indicators that are linked to the hierarchical results framework that is developed in each LIS and by each project. It should thus measure change at input, output, and outcome level, including behavioral change. We propose to explore the option of conducting an impact evaluation of the selected LISs that will also include one or more comparator groups. A baseline survey will be conducted for the same set of indicators in both the marginalized community selected for the program and a different community with similar characteristics. After three years, the same survey can then be administered to both groups and the changes observed can then be attributed to the interventions. This way, external changes that affect the target groups but are not induced by the intervention (caused by, say, an improvement of the overall economic situation) are eliminated from the comparison. Among the rejected applications is likely to be a group with proposals not significantly different in terms of their quality and relevance to the subgroup of accepted ones. It is also possible that some of the acceptable proposals were rejected due to limited financial resources. We propose that among the rejected applications, a comparator group be selected together with the selected applicants. This evaluation method should ensure communities under comparison have similar characteristics. An alternative evaluation method could be applied if all successful applicants do not have access to the funds simultaneously. In that case, a group that receiving support early on could be compared to those applications that are in the pipeline for support but won’t have access to it at least a year. Both 110 selected and comparator groups will be monitored throughout the project via surveys conducted at the middle and end of the project. In addition to the quantitative impact assessment, qualitative information should be conducted at the end of the program to identify reasons for the good or poor performance and determine what worked best and why. 111 References Colini, Laura, Darinka Czischke, Simon Güntner, Iván Tosics, and Peter Ramsden. 2013. Cities of Tomorrow— Action Today. URBACT II Capitalisation. Against Divided Cities in Europe . Saint Denis, France: URBACT. http://urbact.eu/fileadmin/general_library/19765_Urbact_WS4_DIVIDED_low_FINAL.pdf European Commission. October 6, 2011. Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and the Council on Specific Provisions for the Support from the European Regional Development Fund to the European Territorial Cooperation Goal. Brussels: European Parliament. http://eur- lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=COM:2011:0611:FIN:EN:PDF European Commission. 2013. Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and the Council on Specific Provisions Concerning the European Regional Development Fund and the Investment for Growth and Jobs Goal and Repealing Regulation.(EC) No 1080/2006 COM (2011) 614 final. Brussels: European Parliament. http://www.europarl.europa.eu/sides/getDoc.do?pubRef=- //EP//NONSGML+REPORT+A7-2013-0268+0+DOC+PDF+V0//EN European Commission, DG Regional Policy. 2011. Cities of Tomorrow: challenges, visions, ways forward http://ec.europa.eu/regional_policy/sources/docgener/studies/pdf/citiesoftomorrow/citiesoftom orrow_final.pdf European Commission. 2012. Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and the Council on the European Social Fund and Repealing Council Regulation . (EC) No 1081/2006. COM (2011) 607 final /2. Brussels: European Parliament. European Commission. 2012. Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and the Council Laying Down Common Provisions on the European Regional Development Fund, the European Social Fund, the Cohesion Fund, the European Agricultural Fund for Rural Development and the European Maritime and Fisheries Fund Covered by the Common Strategic Framework and Laying Down General Provisions on the European Regional Development Fund, the European Social Fund and the Cohesion Fund and Repealing Council Regulation (EC) No 1083/2006 , COM (2011) 615 final, amended proposal COM (2012) 496 final. Brussels: European Parliament. European Commission. 2013. Cohesion Policy 2014–2020. Factsheet, Community-Led Local Development. Brussels: European Parliament. http://ec.europa.eu/regional_policy/conferences/od2012/doc/community_en.pdf European Commission. April 29, 2013. Common Guidance of the European Commission’s Directorates — General AGRI, EMPL, MARE and REGIO on Community-Led Local Development in European 112 Structural and Investment Funds. Brussels: European Parliament. http://ec.europa.eu/regional_policy/informing/dialog/pdf/clld_guidance_2013_04_29.pdf European Commission. January 2014. ROP 2014–2020 Draft Document. Brussels: European Parliament. http://www.eufinantare.info/por.html European Court of Auditors. 2010. Implementation of the LEADER Approach for Rural Development . Special Report No 5, European Union. http://eca.europa.eu/portal/pls/portal/docs/1/7912812.PDF European Union—Regional Policy. 2009. Promoting Sustainable Urban Development in Europe: Achievements and Opportunities. http://ec.europa.eu/regional_policy/sources/docgener/presenta/urban2009/urban2009_en.pdf. Ministry of European Funds. February 2014. Romanian Partnership Agreement for the 2014–2020 Programming Period. Bucharest. http://www.fonduri-ue.ro/res/filepicker_users/cd25a597fd- 62/2014-2020/acord-parteneriat/AP-10.02.2014.RO.pdf Ministry of Regional Development and Public Administration (2014) Regional Operational Program (ROP) 2014-2020 draft document, January. Available at: http://www.eufinantare.info/por.html. Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights. December 13, 1991. General Comment 4: The Right To Adequate Housing. Art. 11 (1), sixth session. Geneva: United Nations. http://www.unhchr.ch/tbs/doc.nsf/0/469f4d91a9378221c12563ed0053547e?Opendocument Romanian Social Development Fund. 2011. Operational Manual: Priority Interventions Program —Social Inclusion Project. Sandu, Dumitru. 2011. “Social Disparities in the Regional Development and Policies of Romania.” International Review of Social Research 1 (1): 1–30. Data and methodology available at http://sites.google.com/site/dumitrusandu/ Soros Foundation Romania. 2009. Local Authorities’ Access to European Funds. Survey of local Romanian municipalities, with a response rate of almost 94 percent, implemented by a consortium formed by the Romanian Centre for Economic Modeling, Research Institute for the Quality of Life, and the National Centre for Training in Statistics. Soto, Paul, Melody Houk, and Peter Ramsden. February 29, 2012. Implementing “Community-Led” Local Development in Cities: Lessons from URBACT. Brussels: European Union. http://www.ville.gouv.fr/IMG/pdf/implementing_clld_lessons_from_urbact.pdf Stănculescu, Manuela S. and Ionica Berevoescu, coords. 2004. Sărac lipit, caut altă viață! Sărăcia extremă și zonele sărace în România 2001. Bucharest: Nemira. Stănculescu, Manuela S. 2005. K-Typologies of the Rural and Small Urban Communities in Romania . World Bank Report. Swinkels, Rob and Nora Teller. 2013. Planning Methodologies for Integrating the Needs of Poor Urban Communities in Urban Development— Brief Review of European Experience. World Bank, unpublished draft. The URBACT II Local Support Group Toolkit. June 2013. Saint-Denis, France: URBACT. http://urbact.eu/fileadmin/general_library/URBACT_Toolkit_online_4.pdf 113 The World Bank. 2011. Gender Dimensions of Community-Driven Development Operations: A Toolkit for Practitioners. World Bank: East Asia and Pacific Region. The World Bank. 2013. Elaboration of Integration Strategies for Poor Areas and Disadvantaged Communities. First Intermediate Report. Project cofinanced from the European Regional Development Fund through the Regional Operational Program 2007–2013. The World Bank. 2013. Elaboration of Integration Strategies for Poor Areas and Disadvantaged Communities. Second Preliminary Report. Project cofinanced from the European Regional Development Fund through the Regional Operational Program 2007 –2013. The World Bank. 2013. Volume 1: Assessment of the Communication and Collaboration between the Managing Authority and Intermediate Bodies of the Regional Operational Program and Facilitation of Proactive and Direct Support for Beneficiaries. Final Report, Component II. Project cofinanced from the European Regional Development Fund through the Regional Operational Program 2007 – 2013. The World Bank. 2013. Volume 2: Support Mechanisms for ROP Applicants and Beneficiaries . Project cofinanced from the European Regional Development Fund through the Regional Operational Program 2007–2013. The World Bank. 2013. Enhanced Spatial Planning. Romania. The World Bank. 2013. Identification of Projects Selection Models for the 2014–2020 Regional Operational Program. Technical Assistance for the Identification of Project Selection Models. Second Intermediary Report. Project cofinanced from the European Regional Development Fund through the Regional Operational Program 2007–2013. Wade, Philip, and Petri Rinne. February 20, 2008. A LEADER Dissemination Guide Book Based on Program Experience in Finland, Ireland, and the Czech Republic: Final Report of the Transnational LEADER Dissemination Project for the Finnish Rural Policy Committee . Wong, Susan (2004) Indonesia Kecamatan Development Program: Building a Monitoring and Evaluation System For a Large-Scale Community-Driven Development Program. World Bank. Zamfir, Cătălin and Marian Preda, coords. 2002. Romii în România. Bucharest: Editura Expert. 114 Annexes Annex 1: Cities selected for field research and conceptual pilots The research covered eight cities and two sectors of Bucharest, which were selected together with the MRDPA representatives, plus Olteniţa, where the field instruments were piloted. These cities were selected to represent a range of urban settings from all development regions of the country. Criteria of selection included: (1) Size of population Three categories of cities were considered: small towns (fewer than 35,000 inhabitants), medium-sized cities (between 35,000 and 249,999 inhabitants), and large cities (250,000 inhabitants or more) (National Institute for Statistics data on resident population from 2010). (2) Level of social development Level of social development was estimated based on the Local Social Development Index (IDSL) (Sandu, 2011). IDSL is computed for all rural and urban administrative units in Romania as a factor score of seven variables: (1) community education stock (2002 census data); (2) average age of population 15 years and up (2008 data); (3) life expectancy at birth (mean 2006 –2008); (4) automobiles per 1,000 inhabitants (2007 data); (5) average surface per dwelling (2008 data); (6) consumption of gas per inhabitant in cubic meters (2008 data); and (7) residency and size of population (in 2008). IDSL estimates the community capital with its human (indicator 1), vital (indicators 2, 3, and 7) and material (indicators 4, 5, and 6) components. (3) Profile of the local economy The dominant economic profile of the cities was determined based on a knowledge-typology of small cities developed within a previous World Bank study (Stănculescu, 2005). (4) Existence of vulnerable housing Vulnerable housing was determined based on the following two items declared by local authorities, as of July 31, 2009: (1) within the city are households living in makeshift, abandoned, or unhealthy housing and (2) within the city are areas with more than ten poor Roma households living in makeshift, abandoned, or unhealthy housing.84 All selected cities reported existing vulnerable housing. Table A1. Selected cities for the qualitative assessment 84 Data from a study financed by the Soros Foundation Romania (2009). 115 Selection criteria (1) (2) (3) (6) Development Social County Locality name region Size of development Local economy Previous population level profile experience Northeast Botoşani Dorohoi small poor former industrial yes Southeast Brăila Brăila medium medium - yes South Muntenia Călăraşi Olteniţa small poor former industrial no South Muntenia Ialomiţa Slobozia medium medium - yes Southwest mono-industrial in Mehedinţi Strehaia small poor no Olteniţa decline mono-industrial in West Hunedoara Călan small poor no decline Northwest Maramureş Baia Mare medium developed - yes Centre Alba Alba Iulia medium medium - yes Centre Mureş Târgu Mureş medium developed - yes Bucharest-Ilfov Bucharest Bucharest Sector 2 not known Bucharest-Ilfov Bucharest Bucharest Sector 5 yes Note: All selected cities meet criteria 4 and 5. (5) A positive attitude of the mayoralty towards vulnerable people The mayoralty’s attitude toward vulnerable people was estimated based on the following two items declared by local authorities, as of July 31, 2009: (1) the municipality has either a Local Development Strategy, which includes measures for the inclusion of vulnerable groups, or implements a set of actions to assist the disadvantaged groups; and (2) the municipality offers voluntary services, facilities, and assistance to disadvantaged groups, other than the national social programs. 85 All selected cities declared a positive attitude of local authorities towards vulnerable groups. (6) Previous experiences at the city level in implementing projects or actions for the integration of marginalized areas Information gathered through interviews with experts and representatives of large NGOs active in social fields. Based on the results of the qualitative study, three of these cities —Brăila, Slobozia, and Târgu Mureş—were also selected for the follow-up field activities aimed at elaborating conceptual pilots. 85 Data from a study financed by the Soros Foundation Romania (2009). 116 Annex 2: LEADER approach in Romania during 2007–2013 Summary The LEADER approach was introduced as an axis in the National Rural Development Program (NRDP) 2007 – 2013. The LEADER axis has been designed in two phases: 1. Preparatory support/measures for LAG setup and Local Development Strategies (LDSs) drafting (€73 million) 2. Implementation support for selected LAGs—implementation of LEADER projects selected by LAGs (€342.2 million) and running and administrative costs for LAG functioning (€9 million) The LEADER approach was applied in the Romanian rural territories using the national definition for rural area, plus 206 small towns with up to 20,000 inhabitants. Initially, in 2008, the LEADER financial allocation was 2.5 percent of the total public allocation of the National Rural Development Program (€10 billion), in accord with the rural development regulation provisions. Later, in 2010, due to a great number of applications submitted, the financial allocation was supplemented with an additional 2.5 percent. So, the total allocation for LEADER in Romania was 5 percent of the total public allocation for NRDP 2007–2013, or €453,670,000. LEADER management and implementation structures were under the responsibility of the Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development (MARD) through the Managing Authority for NRDP (MA NRDP) and the Paying Agency for Rural Development and Fishery (PARDF). Preparatory Support for Setting Up the LAGs Achieved actions In 2006, MA NRDP launched the call for proposals for preselecting the territories, as a pilot exercise for the LEADER preparation under the NRDP 2007–2013. The main support actions were aimed toward selecting territory representatives to attend LEADER training courses. The training courses were funded by PHARE Twining Project; the LEADER expertise was provided by consultants from EU member states. Based on this selection process, MA NRDP selected 121 candidate files, for which two training sessions were conducted. This preparatory support was highly relevant for the MA to evaluate the interest in the bottom-up approach among rural development actors, as well as to have the first preliminary evaluation for the next LEADER preparation under the NRDP 2007–2013. During the 2006–2008 period, the MA NRDP drafted and negotiated the NRDP 2007 –2013, including the LEADER approach as a separate Priority Axis. The European Commission approved the Romanian NRDP in February 2008. The preparatory support for potential LAGs continued under the LEADER measures included in the NRDP. In 2010, MA NRDP launched two measures: (1) training for local actors (1,878 participants trained); (2) financing support for Local Development Strategy drafting (108 LDSs drafted under this measure). MA NRDP organized the LAG selection process within two calls for proposals. After the approval of their LDSs, the LAGs received the official authorization to function from MA NRDP. 117 No. Year LDSs submitted LDSs selected and approved by MA Public value 1 2010 151 81 €227,554,390 2 2012 111 82 €226,104,769 The results of the 163 LDSs implemented include:  Coverage—9.4 million inhabitants and over 80 percent of eligible area  Average size—55,000–57,000 inhabitants  Budget maximum—€2.85 million per LDS (including 20 percent administrative cost for LAGs)  Maximum public cost/project financed under LDS—€200,000 Key problems The effective implementation of the approved LDSs started only in 2011. The bottom-up LEADER approach has represented a big challenge in Romania both for public institutions and local stakeholders, including young organizations (LAGs). Although important steps were taken from the beginning of the programming period 2007–2013, the selection of LAGs and their strategies was performed late and important time was lost, namely about half of the programming period of the actual NRDP. The first contracts for projects selected by LAGs were signed in May 2013. So, only after this date could LAGs begin the real implementation actions. One of the reasons for this delay was the scarcity of bottom-up initiatives in rural areas. So, the preparatory phase needed to be prolonged to prepare active partnerships. Also, because the LEADER approach is a kind of “democracy exercise” realized at the local level, the people involved in the LEADER animation and capacity-building processes needed time to understand from a practical point of view the benefits of designing and implementing a Local Development Strategy that included the specific needs and selected measures for funding in the NRDP. Another major problem derived from the lack of funds allocated for local LEADER animation and information campaigns; LEADER preparatory support was available only for training local stakeholders and drafting LDSs. Consequently, the local authorities were expected to provide funding for LAG functions during preparation activities, which put high pressure on the small local budgets of the lagging rural communities. Financial support for LAGs activities was introduced in the NRDP in 2010, when LAGs became eligible for an advance (maximum 20 percent) to cover their running costs. However, the long process for drafting and endorsing the national legal acts regarding the use of EU money for LAG activities was a weak point in LEADER implementation; this process took almost one year. So far, over 100 LAGs have requested an advance for their running costs. As regards the content of LDSs elaborated by LAGs and approved by the MA, there was a tendency to focus on the highly scored selection criteria to obtain the highest score in the selection process and consequently the maximum financial allocation per LDS (maximum €2.85 million). As a result, many LDSs did not begin with the real needs of rural areas; these were prioritized and addressed with selected measures. In this context, almost all selected LAGs requested MA approval to upgrade their LDSs before starting implementation, adding new bottlenecks within the LEADER implementation process. 118 The evaluation and contracting process carried out by the PARDF has been too slow and uncorrelated with the implementation periods of the submitted projects; the risk is to contract the project but allow insufficient time for implementation and for achieving the objectives. In conclusion, possible delays in contracting LEADER projects could be followed by possible funds decommitments at the end of the programing period. Also, contracting and payment procedures for LEADER projects are too complicated and bureaucratic: The eligibility criteria of LEADER projects are double-checked, first by LAGs’ staff and then by PARDF experts at county level and contracted at regional level; the deadline for finishing the evaluation process at LAGs and PARDF levels is vaguely stipulated in the implementing procedures. The management structure for LEADER implementation was not properly designed and sized among central, regional, and local levels of the PA. The trained and skilled staff of PA has been concentrated at the central level, instead of the regional and local levels. Another negative aspect causing delays in LEADER implementation was the continuous change of many rules during the implementation process. The National Rural Development Network (NRDN) —built with the aim of supporting networking and cooperation between LAGs—represented another weak point. It functioned for only one year (2012), instead of for the whole programming period. Networking is a very important element in LEADER, and the short experience with NRDN showed how much LAGs can benefit from it. Using networking and other communication tools, NRDN managed to build the local capacity as it not only provided information about LEADER, but also served to raise the interest of local actors in the preparation of LDSs and associated projects, thus generating the critical mass required. So far, the LAGs submitted for approval by the paying agency (PARDF) comprise a total of 2,633 projects. As of 10 October 2013, the used-funds ratio for LEADER Priority Axis was 22.43 percent, amounting to €16,370,492. The most relevant projects submitted under the NPRD measures are described below. Submitted projects’ aim: No. of projects  investments in infrastructure development in rural area (local roads, water supply 311 networks, sewage system, social centers)  aids for semisubsistence farms 360  financial start-up support to young farmers 85  investments in agriculture holdings 78  investments in nonagricultural activities 75  vocational training for farmers 30  investments in agricultural and forestry infrastructure 18  investments in rural tourism and agrotourism 14 Total 971 Note: The remaining projects out of the total of 2,633 mainly address training the LAG members and information campaigns. In Romania, although the LEADER approach to rural development has been highly appreciated among local stakeholders and public administration and the step-by-step process developed by MARD for LEADER implementation well designed, identified targets could not be achieved during only one programming period. 119 In conclusion, the LEADER experience teaches us that: (1) Implementation of a bottom-up approach in Romania requires a strong preparation process throughout the entire country, which needs to include extended promotional and information campaigns at local level. Special budgets need to be earmarked for these campaigns and for LAGs’ running costs during the preparatory phase. (2) Prepare the legal and institutional framework for providing advance payments to the selected LAGs. (3) To focus on area needs and resources, provide support and technical assistance to LAGs in drafting the LDSs based on a real participatory process, instead of reducing strategies to funding-driven documents commissioned to external consultants or expert firms. (4) Organize the evaluation and contracting process carried out by the paying agency in an effective way. (5) Simplify the contracting and payment procedures for projects that are decided nationally. (6) Develop the delivery system at the regional and local levels, instead of concentrating trained and skilled staff only at central level. (7) Do not change rules during the process. (8) Develop and provide support for a national network of LAGs that can use networking and communication tools to provide technical assistance, knowledge, and best practices, in addition to information about the Program. Lessons Learnt: Preparatory Support Positive experiences from LEADER implementation should be noted and the necessary improvements should be made in a reasonable time frame . This will assist in designing the new NRDP and creating national legislation before the NRDP launch (e.g., requirements for accessing the 20 percent advance payments, decision on the number of projects per measure that can be submitted by a beneficiary under LEADER Priority Axis). MA and PA NRDP should prepare and launch an information process at the local (regional and county) level to inform about the new LEADER approach and future perspectives for coming 2014 –2020 period (technical assistance measure could be used for this). The conclusions and information collected may be used by the MARD in the new programming and implementation preparation process for the NRDP 2014 – 2020. MA and PA should introduce in the new LEADER approach strong preparatory support, such as a toolkit available to the potential LAGs. This is a first step in implementing the participatory approach at local levels, in which the local actors can acquire necessary capabilities in terms of project ideas and know-how, the human resources to devote to particular activities and, of course, the financial skills to manage those activities. MA and PA should develop and strengthen the institutional structures dedicated to LEADER and should have sufficient professional and skilled staff, especially at the county level , where there is direct contact with local actors. Now, in each county, both Ministry and Paying Agency have a shortage of skilled staff dedicated to supporting and monitoring LDS development. 120 For the next programming period, a major concern of the MA should be to provide better training to all actors involved, including:  MA and PA staff training, especially at regional and county levels, as well as the interconnectivity of training actions with the National Rural Development Network;  training of territory animators;  training of LAG managers;  training sessions at local levels on topics such as how to set up a partnership; how a LAG should function to design and promote a good, efficient LDS; how to work effectively with LEADER implementation rules; how to prepare for the project-selection process; how to apply LEADER , mainly based on diffusion of best practices (e.g. personnel requirements, innovative project selection etc.) and; how to develop cooperative projects. Financial support for drafting the new LDSs should be consistent and better prepared by the MA and PA. In this sense, MA and PA should provide clear and comprehensive guidelines and transparent information. To establish premises for quality LDSs, at the onset of the preparation process MA should provide to the potential LAGs a kind of LDS template. Lessons Learnt: Programming and Implementation MA can improve Program performances by setting up certain LEADER priority measures as well as financial sharing between private and public measures. The LEADER Priority Axis under the current NRDP 2007–2013 uses a complex menu of measures available to local actors for selecting the specific support actions corresponding to their needs, which are to be included in their LDSs. However, the anticipated results of LEADER will not be totally achieved during the current programming period, mainly because LAGs have insufficient skills and institutional capacity to prioritize the support actions in their LDSs. In the next programming period, the evaluation system for LDSs needs to be improved, especially with regard to their quality and consistency (the needs assessment and intervention logic articulated with selected measures for intervention). MA’s internal staff has performed the existing evaluation with a limited number of evaluators, expertise, and skills in local development. A possible solution could be to outsource LDS evaluation. It is essential to maintain the conditions for eligible areas (communes, villages, and small towns of up to 20,000 inhabitants), but also to find solutions for financing the projects selected within LEADER by LAG urban members. Demarcation criteria with other local partnerships financed by structural funds, using the CLLD tool, need to be developed (e.g. setting up a Common Selection Committee). MA and PA should improve and simplify the implementation procedures , with a special focus on the task division among PA national, regional, and county levels and LAG tasks (conformity, eligibility, and selection). MA and PA need to strengthen the monitoring and evaluation system. MA and PA must perform periodical assessments of LAGs’ performance, with the possibility of following or upgrading the original planned budget. Also, MA needs to improve inspection focused on the advisory activities, to support LAGs’ achievement of the action plan included in their LDS. 121 The quality of local partnerships needs to be enhanced. Until now, most attention was paid to the observance of the rule pertaining to each partner’s “weight” within LAGs. However, in many LAGs, the private sector and civil society served a merely “decorative” role. A possible future idea would be to have members previously involved in LEADER actions participate in the partnership, so as to set up an active partnership. LAG capacity needs to be improved to achieve the Program objectives. The LAGs’ actual role as a leader in the area was limited by their insufficient capacity and expertise . Still, in most rural LAGs, a strong involvement of mayors in the decision-making process can be observed. LAGs’ organization requires a series of improvements to increase Program effectiveness. More attention should be paid to preventing conflicts of interest within the LAGs decision-making committee—especially in regard to the question of subordination among legal representatives and projects submitted by LAG members. Also, LAGs should improve their staff recruitment and training actions, which need to focus on LEADER practice instead of on excessive theory. LDS quality needs to be improved. Many partnership members are not aware of the benefits of a good strategy. For many of them, a strategy is a piece of paper and not a programming effort to better the life of people or to develop the area. The common practice of LAGs is to commission external consultants or firms to develop the strategy, with the participatory process being very limited if present at all. In a related issue many LAGs do not pay sufficient attention to the indicators used in their LDSs (selection and update activities) or to monitoring and evaluation activities. Technical assistance and a mechanism for ensuring the transfer of expertise from consultants to the technical members of partnership would add real value to the process. To develop innovation and best practices within LEADER, MA should promote more cooperation projects. Dedicated training should be provided to LAGs in this respect. 122 Annex 3: Distribution of cities by population size by region and county Table A2. Number of cities by region and population size (eligibility for CLLD) Cities over 150,000 Cities with 10,000– Cities with <10,000 Cities with 20,001– inhabitants, Region inhabitants, eligible for 20,000 inhabitants, only neighborhoods 150,000 inhabitants, LEADER may opt between or functional areas eligible for CLLD LEADER and CLLD eligible for CLLD North-East 18 13 14 1 South-East 17 7 8 3 South 14 19 13 2 South-West 21 13 5 1 West 18 13 9 2 North-West 18 12 11 2 Centre 28 10 18 1 Bucharest-Ilfov 0 4 4 1 Data: NIS, Population and Housing Census 2011. Table A3. Number of cities by county and population size (eligibility for CLLD) Cities over 150,000 Cities with 10,000– Cities with <10,000 Cities with 20,001– inhabitants, County inhabitants, eligible for 20,000 inhabitants, only neighborhoods 150,000 inhabitants, LEADER may opt between or functional areas eligible for CLLD LEADER and CLLD eligible for CLLD ALBA 5 1 5 0 ARAD 6 3 0 1 ARGEȘ 0 3 3 1 BACĂU 1 4 3 0 BIHOR 4 5 0 1 BISTRIȚA-NĂSĂUD 2 1 1 0 BOTOȘANI 4 1 2 0 BRĂILA 2 1 0 1 BRAȘOV 4 1 4 1 BUCUREȘTI 0 0 0 1 BUZĂU 2 1 2 0 CĂLĂRAȘI 3 0 2 0 CARAȘ-SEVERIN 2 4 2 0 CLUJ 1 0 4 1 CONSTANȚA 5 3 3 1 COVASNA 2 2 1 0 DÂMBOVIȚA 3 3 1 0 DOLJ 2 4 0 1 GALAȚI 2 0 1 1 GIURGIU 1 1 1 0 GORJ 6 2 1 0 HARGHITA 5 2 2 0 HUNEDOARA 4 4 6 0 123 Cities over 150,000 Cities with 10,000– Cities with <10,000 Cities with 20,001– inhabitants, County inhabitants, eligible for 20,000 inhabitants, only neighborhoods 150,000 inhabitants, LEADER may opt between or functional areas eligible for CLLD LEADER and CLLD eligible for CLLD IALOMIȚA 3 2 2 0 IAȘI 1 2 1 1 ILFOV 0 4 4 0 MARAMUREȘ 7 3 3 0 MEHEDINȚI 2 2 1 0 MUREȘ 5 2 4 0 NEAMȚ 2 1 2 0 OLT 2 4 2 0 PRAHOVA 4 8 1 1 SĂLAJ 1 2 1 0 SATU MARE 3 1 2 0 SIBIU 7 2 2 0 SUCEAVA 8 5 3 0 TELEORMAN 0 2 3 0 TIMIȘ 6 2 1 1 TULCEA 4 0 1 0 VÂLCEA 9 1 1 0 VASLUI 2 0 3 0 VRANCEA 2 2 1 0 Data: NIS, Population and Housing Census 2011. 124 Annex 4: Analysis of sample budgets of Local Integration Strategies for different types of urban marginalized areas Table A4. Târgu Mureș city, Valea Rece—Improvised Shelters: Budget of the Local Integration Strategy, maximal scenario ESF ERDF Duration Estimated cost cross- Indicator Indicator details Total ERDF cross- ESF (years) (EUR) financin financing g Priority I: Develop the local infrastructure—Physical infrastructure Area cleaning and hygiene program - Infrastructure 1 50,000 50,000 50,000 - Running the service including 7 12,000/year 84,000 84,000 educational activities Playground for children - Infrastructure 1 50,000 50,000 50,000 Technical-urban infrastructure - Infrastructure roads 2 >300,000 600,000 600,000 - Infrastructure water-sewerage 2 NA - Sanitary facility with toilets and showers - Infrastructure 1 50,000 50,000 50,000 - Running the facility including 7 15,000/year 105,000 105,000 educational activities Priority I: Develop the local infrastructure—Educational, social and healthcare infrastructure Construction of a Community Resource Center (CRC) - Infrastructure 1 430/m2 430,000 430,000 (1000 m2) - Running the service 7 36,000/year 252,000 252,000 Construction of a kindergarten (500 m2) - Infrastructure 1 430/m2 215,000 215,000 Construction of a kindergarten (50 children) - Running the service 7 1,750/child/year 612,500 612,500 School bus for children - Infrastructure 1 25,000 25,000 25,000 - Running the service 7 20,000/year 140,000 140,000 Priority II: Support the local business for job creation Grants to local entrepreneurs for business infrastructure 5 100,000/year 500,000 500,000 development Development of a social enterprise - Infrastructure 2 800,000 800,000 800,000 - Running the service 5 100,000/year 500,000 500,000 Priority V: Increase employment among disadvantaged groups 125 ESF ERDF Duration Estimated cost cross- Indicator Indicator details Total ERDF cross- ESF (years) (EUR) financin financing g Personalized, active-labor-market services for low- skilled unemployed or jobless persons (counseling, 7 3,000/person 1,050,000 1,050,000 training, wage subsidy, mentoring, etc.) (50 persons) Employment of an employment agent within CRC 7 12,000/year 84,000 84,000 Priority V: Develop human resources and social services Employment of a school mediator within CRC to provide 7 12,000/year 84,000 84,000 educational services for children Running after-school services for disadvantaged 7 1,750/child/year 612,500 612,500 children (50 children) Employment of a community health nurse within CRC to 7 12,000/year 84,000 84,000 provide sociomedical services Employment of a community mediator within CRC to 7 12,000/year 84,000 84,000 provide social and community-building services Population census 1 30,000 30,000 30,000 Training teachers to work with children from 2 500/ person 30,000 30,000 disadvantaged areas (30 teachers) Local police campaigns to secure the area 7 6,000/year 42,000 42,000 Priority VI: Ensure sustainable urban development Building flats for social housing (60 flats) - Infrastructure 2 40,000/flat 2,400,000 2,400,000 - Counseling program 7 10,000 10,000 10,000 Organizing community-building activities within CRC (artistic, cultural, travelling, tourism and sport activities, 7 20,000/year 140,000 140,000 community-based mapping) Buying IT equipment and paying Internet - Infrastructure 1 30,000 30,000 30,000 connection for the Point of Public Access to Information - Running the service including 7 50,000/year 350,000 350,000 (PPAI) employment of a PPAI manager Dissemination of the LAG activities 7 10,000 10,000 10,000 Monitoring and Evaluation activities Baseline study 1 25,000 25,000 25,000 Evaluation study 1 25,000 25,000 25,000 126 ESF ERDF Duration Estimated cost cross- Indicator Indicator details Total ERDF cross- ESF (years) (EUR) financin financing g Activities of community-monitoring approach (The 7 50,000 50,000 50,000 citizen message, the little citizens, etc.) LAG functions (running costs up to 25%) 7 143,000/year 1,001,000 1,001,000 Total 10,555,000 5,095,000 1,482,000 3,923,000 55,000 Source: Conceptual Pilot 1, Targu Mures, Marginalized area Valea Rece—Improvised Shelters, slum of improvised shelters. Note: Development Priorities from Târgu Mureș City Integrated Urban Development Plan (2010). Table A5. Târgu Mureș city, Valea Rece—Improvised Shelters: Budget of the Local Integration Strategy, minimal scenario ESF ERDF Duration Estimated cost cross- Indicator Indicator details Total ERDF cross- ESF (years) (EUR) financin financing g Priority I: Develop the local infrastructure—Physical infrastructure Area cleaning and hygiene program - Infrastructure 1 50,000 50,000 50,000 - Running the service including 3 12,000/year 36,000 36,000 educational activities Playground for children - Infrastructure 1 50,000 50,000 50,000 Technical-urban infrastructure - Infrastructure roads 1 >300,000 600,000 600,000 - Infrastructure water - sewerage NA - Sanitary facility with toilets and showers - Infrastructure 1 50,000 50,000 50,000 - Running the facility including 3 15,000/year 45,000 45,000 educational activities Priority I: Develop the local infrastructure—Educational, social and healthcare infrastructure Construction of a Community Resource Center (CRC) - Infrastructure 1 430/m2 430,000 430,000 (1000 m2) - Running the service 3 36,000/year 108,000 108,000 Construction of a kindergarten (500 m2) - Infrastructure 1 430/m2 215,000 215,000 Construction of a kindergarten (50 children) - Running the service 3 1,750/child/year 262,500 262,500 School bus for children - Infrastructure 1 25,000 25,000 25,000 127 ESF ERDF Duration Estimated cost cross- Indicator Indicator details Total ERDF cross- ESF (years) (EUR) financin financing g - Running the service 3 20,000/year 60,000 60,000 Priority II: Support the local business for job creation Grants to local entrepreneurs for business infrastructure 3 100,000/year 300,000 300,000 development Development of a social enterprise - Infrastructure 1 800,000 800,000 800,000 - Running the service 3 100,000/year 300,000 300,000 Priority V: Increase employment among disadvantaged groups Personalized active-labor-market services for low- skilled, unemployed or jobless persons (counseling, 3 3,000/person 450,000 450,000 training, wage subsidy, mentoring, etc.) (50 persons) Employment of an employment agent within CRC 3 12,000/year 36,000 36,000 Priority V: Develop the human resources and social services Employment of a school mediator within CRC to provide 3 12,000/year 36,000 36,000 educational services for children Running after-school services for disadvantaged 3 1,750/child/year 262,500 262,500 children (50 children) Employment of a community health nurse within CRC to 3 12,000/year 36,000 36,000 provide sociomedical services Employment of a community mediator within CRC to 3 12,000/year 36,000 36,000 provide social and community-building services Population census 1 30,000 30,000 30,000 Training teachers to work with children from 2 500/ person 30,000 30,000 disadvantaged areas (30 teachers) Local police campaigns to secure the area 3 6,000/year 18,000 18,000 Priority VI: Ensure sustainable urban development Building flats for social housing (60 flats) - Infrastructure 2 40,000/flat 2,400,000 2,400,000 - Counseling program 1 10,000 10,000 10,000 Organizing community-building activities within CRC (artistic, cultural, travelling, tourism and sport activities, 3 20,000/year 60,000 60,000 community-based mapping) Buying IT equipment and paying Internet - Infrastructure 1 30,000 30,000 30,000 128 ESF ERDF Duration Estimated cost cross- Indicator Indicator details Total ERDF cross- ESF (years) (EUR) financin financing g connection for the Point of Public Access to Information - Running the service including 3 50,000/year 150,000 150,000 (PPAI) employment of a PPAI manager Dissemination of the LAG activities 1 10,000 10,000 10,000 Monitoring and Evaluation activities Baseline study 1 25,000 25,000 25,000 Evaluation study 1 25,000 25,000 25,000 Activities of community-monitoring approach (the 3 50,000 50,000 50,000 citizen message, the little citizens, etc.) LAG functioning (running costs up to 25%) 5 143,000/year 715,000 715,000 Total 7,741,000 4,895,000 944,000 1,847,000 55,000 Source: Conceptual Pilot 1, Targu Mures, Marginalized area Valea Rece—Improvised Shelters, slum of improvised shelters. Note: Development Priorities from Târgu Mureș City Integrated Urban Development Plan (2010). Table A6. Brăila City, Lacu Dulce—Chercea: Budget of the Local Integration Strategy, maximal scenario Duration Estimated cost ERDF cross- ESF cross- Indicator Indicator details Total ERDF ESF (years) (EUR) financing financing Objective 2: Raising the standard of living of the inhabitants of Brăila City Dweller education program for keeping the area - Operating costs, including 7 12,000/year 84,000 84,000 clean educational activities Objective 3: Supporting economic growth by promoting public-private partnerships and creating opportunities and attractive facilities for potential internal or foreign investors Grants to local entrepreneurs to develop the 5 100,000/year 500,000 500,000 business infrastructure Development of a social enterprise - Infrastructure 2 800,000 800,000 800,000 - Operating costs 5 100,000/year 500,000 500,000 Objective 4: Strengthening the role of the Brăila City neighborhoods in the local economic growth by restoring certain parts of the city w ith a view to reducing disparities Dissemination of LAG activities 7 10,000 10,000 10,000 Local police campaigns to secure the area 7 6,000/year 42,000 42,000 129 Duration Estimated cost ERDF cross- ESF cross- Indicator Indicator details Total ERDF ESF (years) (EUR) financing financing Objective 6: Modernizing and extending the public service network and ensuring access to public services for all inhabitants of Brăila Technical and urban infrastructure - Road infrastructure 2 >300,000 300,000 300,000 - Extension of public lighting 2 300,000 300,000 300,000 Healthcare facility with toilets and showers - Infrastructure 1 50,000 50,000 50,000 - Operating costs, including 7 15,000/year 105,000 105,000 educational activities Objective 11: Adopting an active position and devising efficient, health-protective mechanisms by promoting prevention and health education, as well as by raising the quality standards of the medical practice Provision of social and medical services by the sanitary mediator 7 10,000/year 70,000 70,000 Objective 12: Creating a system of individualized social services focused on the needs of disadvantaged people Providing social services for vulnerable people 7 20,000/year 140,000 140,000 Employing a community mobilization expert to provide social and community- strengthening 7 12,000/year 84,000 84,000 services Organizing community strengthening activities within the Multifunctional Social Center (MSC) 7 20,000/year 140,000 140,000 (cultural and artistic activities, tourism, sports activities) Campaign against domestic violence and 7 6,000/year 42,000 42,000 children’s exploitation through work Population census 1 30,000 30,000 30,000 Campaign to promote the services provided by 7 5,000/year 35,000 35,000 the MSC Objective 14: Developing human resources at local and regional levels; increasing their competitiveness in the labor market by providing equal, lifelong learning opportunities; and developing a modern and flexible labor market Increasing the number of places of the “Second Chance” program, depending on the needs 7 1,750/adult/year 245,000 245,000 identified (20 persons) Training and professional qualification services 7 3,000/person 1,050,000 1,050,000 (50 adults per year) Employing an employment agent within the MSC 7 12,000/year 84,000 84,000 Informal education services for adults 7 10,000/year 70,000 70,000 Provision of educational services for children (50 7 1,000/child/year 350,000 350,000 children) 130 Duration Estimated cost ERDF cross- ESF cross- Indicator Indicator details Total ERDF ESF (years) (EUR) financing financing Employing a Public Information Access Point 7 12,000/year 84,000 84,000 manager Training teachers to work with children from 2 500/person 30,000 30,000 disadvantaged areas (30 teachers) Objective 17: Developing and diversifying the public services provided to citizens Area cleaning and sanitation program - Infrastructure 1 - 10,000 10,000 Monitoring and evaluation activities Baseline study 1 25,000 25,000 25,000 Evaluation study 1 25,000 25,000 25,000 Monitoring with participation from the inhabitants of the marginalized area (citizen’s 7 50,000 50,000 50,000 message, the little citizen etc.). LAG operation (running costs up to 25%) 7 143,000/year 1,001,000 1,001,000 Total 6,256,000 1,960,000 1,220,000 3,076,000 0 Source: Conceptual Pilot 2, Brăila, marginalized area Lacu Dulce and Chercea, slum of houses and improvised shelters. Note: Development Priorities from Brăila City Development Strategy 2008-2013. 131 Table A7. Brăila City, Lacu Dulce—Chercea: Budget of the Local Integration Strategy, minimal scenario Duration Estimated cost ERDF cross- ESF cross- Indicator Indicator details Total ERDF ESF (years) (EUR) financing financing Objective 2: Raising the standard of living of the inhabitants of Brăila City Dweller education program for keeping the area - Operating costs, including 3 12,000/year 36,000 36,000 clean educational activities Objective 3: Supporting economic growth by promoting public-private partnerships and creating opportunities and attractive facilities for potential internal or foreign investors Grants for local entrepreneurs to develop the 3 100,000/year 300,000 300,000 300,000 business infrastructure Development of a social enterprise - Infrastructure 2 800,000 800,000 800,000 800,000 - Operating costs 3 100,000/year 300,000 300,000 300,000 Objective 4: Strengthening the role of the Brăila City neighborhoods in the local economic growth by restoring certain parts of the city with a view to reducing disparities Dissemination of LAG activities 3 10,000 10,000 10,000 Local police campaigns to secure the area 3 6,000/year 18,000 18,000 Objective 6: Modernizing and extending the public service network and ensuring access to public services for all inhabitants of Brăila Technical and urban infrastructure - Road infrastructure 2 >300,000 300,000 300,000 - Extension of public lighting 2 300,000 300,000 300,000 Healthcare facility with toilets and showers - Infrastructure 1 50,000 50,000 50,000 - Operating costs, including 3 15,000/year 45,000 45,000 educational activities Objective 11: Adopting an active position and devising efficient, health-protective mechanisms by promoting prevention and health education, as well as by raising the quality standards of the medical practice Provision of social and medical services by the sanitary mediator 3 10,000/year 30,000 30,000 Objective 12: Creating a system of individualized social services focused on the needs of disadvantaged people Providing social services for vulnerable people 3 20,000/year 60,000 60,000 Employing a community mobilization expert to provide social and community strengthening 3 12,000/year 36,000 36,000 services Organizing community strengthening activities within the Multifunctional Social Center (MSC) 3 20,000/year 60,000 60,000 (cultural and artistic activities, tourism, sports activities) 132 Duration Estimated cost ERDF cross- ESF cross- Indicator Indicator details Total ERDF ESF (years) (EUR) financing financing Campaign against domestic violence and 3 6,000/year 18,000 18,000 children’s exploitation through work Population census 1 30,000 30,000 30,000 Campaign to promote the services provided by 3 5,000/year 15,000 15,000 the MSC Objective 14: Developing human resources at local and regional levels, increasing their competitiveness in the labor market by providing equal, lifelong learning opportunities, and developing a modern and flexible labor market Increasing the number of places of the “Second Chance” program, depending on the needs 3 1,750/adult/year 105,000 105,000 identified (20 persons) Training and professional qualification services 3 3,000/person 450,000 450,000 (50 adults per year) Employing an employment agent within the MSC 3 12,000/year 36,000 36,000 Informal education services for adults 3 10,000/year 30,000 30,000 Provision of educational services for children (50 3 1,000/child/year 150,000 150,000 children) Employing a Public Information Access Point 3 12,000/year 36,000 36,000 manager Training teachers to work with children from 2 500/person 30,000 30,000 disadvantaged areas (30 teachers) Objective 17: Developing and diversifying the public services provided to citizens Area cleaning and sanitation program - Infrastructure 1 - 10,000 10,000 Monitoring and evaluation activities Baseline study 1 25,000 25,000 25,000 Evaluation study 1 25,000 25,000 25,000 Monitoring with participation from the inhabitants of the marginalized area (citizen’s 3 50,000 50,000 50,000 message, the little citizen etc.). LAG operation (running costs up to 25%) 5 143,000/year 715,000 715,000 Total 4,070,000 1,760,000 826,000 1,484,000 0 Source: Conceptual Pilot 2, Brăila, marginalized area Lacu Dulce and Chercea, slum of houses and improvised shelters. Note: Development Priorities from Brăila City Development Strategy 2008-2013. 133 Table A8. Slobozia city, UGIRA and Zona 500: Budget of the Local Integration Strategy, maximal scenario ESF Duration Estimated cost ERDF cross- Indicator Indicator details Total ERDF ESF cross- (years) (EUR) financing financing Priority I: Strengthening the business environment Grants to local entrepreneurs to develop the business 5 100,000/year 500,000 500,000 infrastructure Development of a social enterprise - Infrastructure 2 800,000 800,000 800,000 - Operating costs 5 100,000/year 500,000 500,000 Active workforce market placing personalized services for unqualified unemployed people or people without 7 3,000/person 1,050,000 1,050,000 a place to work (counseling, formation, subsidies for wages, mentoring etc.) (50 person) Employing an employment agent within the CRC 7 12,000/year 84,000 84,000 Priority II: Increasing the quality of life and the attractiveness of the city Developing an urban recreational and leisure space - Infrastructure 1 150,000 150,000 150,000 Campaign against domestic violence 7 6,000/year 42,000 42,000 Local police campaigns for securing the area 7 6,000/year 42,000 42,000 Population census 1/2 30,000 30,000 30,000 Dissemination of the LAG activities 7 10,000 10,000 10,000 Campaign to improve the image of the area 7 6,000/year 42,000 42,000 Priority III: Development of education Employing a school mediator within the CRC to 7 12,000/year 84,000 84,000 provide educational services for children Providing afterschool services for disadvantaged 7 1,750/child/year 612,500 612,500 children (50 children) Training teachers to work with children from 2 500/person 30,000 30,000 disadvantaged areas (30 teachers) Priority IV: Improving social infrastructure Thermal rehabilitation of the blocks of flats (10 250,000/block of - Infrastructure 2 2,500,000 2,500,000 blocks) flats Repairing sanitary appliances in the blocks of flats - Infrastructure 2 Unavailable 100,000 100,000 - Operating costs 7 5,000 5,000 5,000 Recommissioning the heating system running on - Infrastructure 1/2 100,000 100,000 100,000 134 ESF Duration Estimated cost ERDF cross- Indicator Indicator details Total ERDF ESF cross- (years) (EUR) financing financing solar energy - Operating costs 7 5,000 5,000 5,000 Area cleaning and sanitation program - Infrastructure 1/2 10,000 10,000 10,000 - Operating costs 7 12,000/year 84,000 84,000 Building a Community Resource Center - Infrastructure 1 430/m2 430,000 430,000 2 (1,000 m ) - Operating costs 7 36,000/year 252,000 252,000 Female community health care aide employed within 7 12,000/year 84,000 84,000 the CRC to provide social and medical services Employing a community mediator within the CRC to 7 12,000/year 84,000 84,000 provide social and community-strengthening services Organizing community-strengthening activities within the CRC (cultural and artistic activities, tourism, sports 7 20,000/year 140,000 140,000 activities) Acquiring IT equipment and paying for Internet - Infrastructure 1 30,000 30,000 30,000 connection bills within the Public Information Access - Operating costs, including the 7 50,000/year 350,000 350,000 Point (PIAP) employment of a PIAP manager Renovating, extending and endowing the - Infrastructure 1 430/sqm 107,500 107,500 daycare Facility (250 m2) - Running the service 7 12,000/year 84,000 84,000 Monitoring and evaluation activities Reference study 1/2 25,000 25,000 25,000 Evaluation study 1/2 25,000 25,000 25,000 Monitoring with community-participation activities 7 50,000 50,000 50,000 (citizen’s message, the little citizen etc.). LAG functioning (running costs up to 25%) 7 143,000/year 1,001,000 1,001,000 Total 9,443,000 4,697,500 1,377,000 3,338,500 30,000 Source: Conceptual Pilot 4, Slobozia, marginalized area UGIRA and Zona 500, ghetto in blocks of flats. Note: Development Priorities from Slobozia City Integrated Urban Development Plan (2009). 135 Table A9. Slobozia city, UGIRA and Zona 500: Budget of the Local Integration Strategy, minimal scenario Duration Estimated cost ERDF cross- ESF cross- Indicator Indicator details Total ERDF ESF (years) (EUR) financing financing Priority I: Strengthening the business environment Grants to local entrepreneurs to develop the 3 100,000/year 300,000 300,000 300,000 business infrastructure Development of a social enterprise - Infrastructure 2 800,000 800,000 800,000 800,000 - Operating costs 3 100,000/year 300,000 300,000 Active workforce, market-placing personalized services for unqualified unemployed people or people without a place to work (counseling, 3 3,000/person 450,000 450,000 formation, subsidies for wages, mentoring etc.) (50 persons) Employing an employment agent within the CRC 3 12,000/an 36,000 36,000 Priority II: Increasing the quality of life and the attractiveness of the city Developing an urban recreational and leisure - Infrastructure 1 150,000 150,000 150,000 150,000 space Campaign against domestic violence 3 6,000/year 18,000 18,000 Local police campaigns to secure the area 3 6,000/year 18,000 18,000 Population census 1/2 30,000 30,000 30,000 Dissemination of the LAG activities 3 10,000 10,000 10,000 Campaign to improve the image of the area 3 6,000/year 18,000 18,000 Priority III: Development of education Employing a school mediator within the CRC to 3 12,000/year 36,000 36,000 provide educational services for children Providing after-school services for disadvantaged 3 1,750/child/year 262,500 262,500 children (50 children) Training teachers to work with children from 2 500/person 30,000 30,000 disadvantaged areas (30 teachers) Priority IV: Improving social infrastructure Thermal rehabilitation of the blocks of flats (10 250,000/block of - Infrastructure 2 2,500,000 2,500,000 blocks) flats Repairing sanitary appliances in the blocks of flats - Infrastructure 2 Unavailable 100,000 100,000 - Operating costs 3 Unavailable 5,000 5,000 Recommissioning the heating system running on - Infrastructure 1/2 Unavailable 100,000 100,000 136 Duration Estimated cost ERDF cross- ESF cross- Indicator Indicator details Total ERDF ESF (years) (EUR) financing financing solar energy - Operating costs 3 Unavailable 5,000 5,000 Area cleaning and sanitation program - Infrastructure 1/2 Unavailable 10,000 10,000 - Operating costs 3 12,000/year 36,000 36,000 2 Building a Community Resource Center - Infrastructure 1 430/m 430,000 430,000 2 (1,000 m ) - Operating costs 3 36,000/year 108,000 108,000 Female community healthcare aide employed within the CRC to provide social and medical 3 12,000/year 36,000 36,000 services Employing a community mediator within the CRC to provide social and community-strengthening 3 12,000/year 36,000 36,000 services Organizing community-strengthening activities within the CRC (cultural and artistic activities, 3 20,000/year 60,000 60,000 tourism, sports activities) Acquiring IT equipment and paying for Internet - Infrastructure 1 30,000 30,000 30,000 connection bills within the Public Information - Operating costs, including the 3 50,000/year 150,000 150,000 Access Point (PIAP) employment of a PIAP manager 2 Renovating, extending, and endowing the - Infrastructure 1 430/m 107,500 107,500 daycare facility (250 m2) - Running the service 3 12,000/year 36,000 36,000 Monitoring and evaluation activities Baseline study 1/2 25,000 25,000 25,000 Evaluation study 1/2 25,000 25,000 25,000 Monitoring with community-participation 3 50,000 50,000 50,000 activities (citizen’s message, the little citizen etc.). LAG functioning (running costs up to 25%) 5 143,000/year 715,000 715,000 Total 7,023,000 4,497,500 899,000 1,596,500 30,000 Source: Conceptual Pilot 4, Slobozia, marginalized area UGIRA and Zona 500, ghetto in blocks of flats. Note: Development Priorities from Slobozia City Integrated Urban Development Plan (2009). 137 Table A10. Brăila City, Historical Centre: Budget of the Local Integration Strategy, maximal scenario Duration Estimated cost ERDF cross- ESF cross- Indicator Indicator details Total ERDF ESF (years) (EUR) financing financing Objective 3: Supporting economic growth by promoting public-private partnerships and creating opportunities and attractive facilities for potential internal or foreign investors Grants to local entrepreneurs to develop the 5 100,000/year 500,000 500,000 business infrastructure Objective 4: Strengthening the role of the Brăila City neighborhoods in the local economic growth by restoring certain parts of the city w ith a view to reducing disparities Dissemination of LAG activities 7 10000 10,000 10,000 Objective 10: Promoting Brăila as a regional cultural pole by harnessing the multiethnic and multicultural heritage Consolidating and rehabilitating 10 buildings with 2 400,000/building 4,000,000 4,000,000 social dwellings Objective 11: Adopting an active position and devising efficient, health-protective mechanisms by promoting prevention and health education, as well as by raising the quality standards of the medical practice Employing a female community healthcare aide 7 12,000/year 84,000 84,000 to provide social and medical services Objective 12: Creating a system of individualized social services focused on the needs of disadvantaged people Enhancing the capacity of the “Bunici și nepoți” Community Centre to enable it to develop and - Infrastructure 1 430/m2 43,000 43,000 diversify its services (100 m2) - Operating costs 7 12,000/year 84,000 84,000 Providing social services for vulnerable people 7 20,000/year 140,000 140,000 Organizing community-spirit-awakening activities (cultural and artistic activities, tourism, sports 7 20,000/year 140,000 140,000 activities) Campaign against domestic violence 7 6,000/year 42,000 42,000 Population and building census 1 30,000 30,000 30,000 Objective 13: Promoting an active policy and creating a proper framework for the construction of dwellings with a view to ensuring each citizen has access to decent living conditions Building/purchasing 15 houses/social dwellings - Infrastructure 2 30,000/dwelling 450,000 450,000 - Relocation and counseling 7 10,000 10,000 10,000 program 138 Area cleaning and sanitation program - Infrastructure 1 - 10,000 10,000 Objective 14: Developing human resources at local and regional levels, increasing their competitiveness in the labor market by providing equal, lifelong learning opportunities, and developing a modern and flexible labor market Strengthening the capacity of the after-school program by increasing the number of places, 7 1,750/child/year 245,000 245,000 depending on the needs identified (20 children) Training teachers work with children from 2 500/person 30,000 30,000 disadvantaged areas (30 teachers) Employing a PIAP manager 7 12,000/year 84,000 84,000 Building a kindergarten (500 m2) - Infrastructure 1 430/m2 215,000 215,000 Building a kindergarten (50 children) - Operating costs 7 1,750/child/year 612,500 612,500 Strengthening the capacity of the “Second Chance” program by increasing the number of 7 1,750/adult/year 122,500 122,500 places, depending on the needs identified (10 adults per year) Objective 17: Developing and diversifying the public services provided to citizens - Operating costs, including Area cleaning and sanitation program 7 12,000/year 84,000 84,000 educational activities Monitoring and evaluation activities Baseline study 1 25,000 25,000 25,000 Evaluation study 1 25,000 25,000 25,000 Monitoring with participation from the inhabitants of the marginalized area (citizen’s 7 50,000 50,000 50,000 message, the little citizen etc.). LAG operation (running costs up to 25%) 7 145,000/year 1,015,000 1,015,000 Total 8,051,000 5,302,000 1,055,000 1,694,000 0 Source: Conceptual Pilot 6, Brăila City, marginalized area Historical Centre, historical areas with social housing. Note: Development Objectives from Brăila City Development Strategy 2008-2013. 139 Table A11. Brăila City, Historical Centre: Budget of the Local Integration Strategy, minimal scenario Duration Estimated cost ERDF cross- ESF cross- Indicator Indicator details Total ERDF ESF (years) (EUR) financing financing Objective 3: Supporting economic growth by promoting public-private partnerships and creating opportunities and attractive facilities for potential internal or foreign investors Grants to local entrepreneurs to develop the 3 100,000/year 300,000 300,000 business infrastructure Objective 4: Strengthening the role of the Brăila City neighborhoods in the local economic growth by restoring certain parts of the city with a view to reducing disparities Dissemination of LAG activities 3 10000 10,000 10,000 Objective 10: Promoting Brăila as a regional cultural pole by harnessing the multiethnic and multicultural heritage Consolidating and rehabilitating 10 buildings with 2 400,000/building 4,000,000 4,000,000 social dwellings Objective 11: Adopting an active position and devising efficient, health-protective mechanisms by promoting prevention and health education, as well as by raising the quality standards of the medical practice Employing a female community healthcare aide 3 12,000/year 36,000 36,000 to provide social and medical services Objective 12: Creating a system of individualized social services focused on the needs of disadvantaged people Enhancing the capacity of the “Bunici și nepoți” Community Centre to enable it to develop and - Infrastructure 1 430/m2 43,000 43,000 diversify its services (100 m2) - Operating costs 3 12,000/year 36,000 36,000 Providing social services for vulnerable people 3 20,000/year 60,000 60,000 Organizing community-spirit-awakening activities (cultural and artistic activities, tourism, sports 3 20,000/year 60,000 60,000 activities) Campaign against domestic violence 3 6,000/year 18,000 18,000 Population and building census 1 30,000 30,000 30,000 Objective 13: Promoting an active policy and creating a proper framework for the construction of dwellings with a view to ensuring each citizen has access to decent living conditions Building/purchasing 15 houses/social dwellings - Infrastructure 2 30,000/dwelling 450,000 450,000 - Relocation and counseling 3 10,000 10,000 10,000 program 140 Area cleaning and sanitation program - Infrastructure 1 - 10,000 10,000 Objective 14: Developing human resources at local and regional levels, increasing their competitiveness in the labor market by providing equal, lifelong learning opportunities, and developing a modern and flexible labor market Strengthening the capacity of the after- school program by increasing the number of places, 3 1,750/child/year 105,000 105,000 depending on the needs identified (20 children) Training teachers to work with children from 2 500/person 30,000 30,000 disadvantaged areas (30 teachers) Employing a PIAP manager 3 12,000/year 36,000 36,000 Building a kindergarten (500 m2) - Infrastructure 1 430/m2 215,000 215,000 Building a kindergarten (50 children) - Operating costs 3 1,750/child/year 262,500 262,500 Strengthening the capacity of the “Second Chance” program by increasing the number of 3 1,750/adult/year 52,500 52,500 places, depending on the needs identified (10 adults per year) Objective 17: Developing and diversifying the public services provided to citizens - Operating costs, including Area cleaning and sanitation program 3 12,000/year 36,000 36,000 educational activities Monitoring and evaluation activities Baseline study 1 25,000 25,000 25,000 Evaluation study 1 25,000 25,000 25,000 Monitoring with participation from the inhabitants of the marginalized area (citizen’s 3 50,000 50,000 50,000 message, the little citizen etc.). LAG operation (running costs up to 25%) 5 145,000/year 725,000 725,000 Total 6,625,000 5,054,000 765,000 806,000 0 Source: Conceptual Pilot 6, Brăila City, marginalized area Historical Centre, historical area with social housing. Note: Development Objectives from Brăila City Development Strategy 2008-2013. 141 Annex 5: The World Bank’s approach: Community-driven development (CDD) Community-driven development —empowering people to lead their development Context Community-driven development (CDD), an approach that gives control of development decisions and resources to community groups, has been a key operational strategy for the delivery of International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD) and International Development Association (IDA) programs over the past decade. IBRD/IDA lending for CDD has averaged US$2.8 billion each year in the last 10 years. CDD operations are often used to target the poorest regions, villages, and households and have proven successful at reaching and empowering communities, delivering cost-effective infrastructure, enhancing livelihoods, and improving community dynamics. As such, CDD offers a powerful tool for the World Bank and its clients to address the dual goals of reducing poverty and promoting shared prosperity. Over the past 10 years, between fiscal years 2004 and 2013, IBRD/IDA approved 667 projects that adopted a CDD approach either completely or in specific components. Total Bank lending for CDD, where funds were directly managed and controlled by communities and local governments, was US$27.8 billion, averaging US$2.8 billion per year. Although the total number of CDD projects approved has dropped since FY10, lending remains significant as a result of the scaling up of CDD operations in Africa and East and South Asia. Linking local and community-driven development requires combining multiple disciplines and sectors. It calls for increased allocations of government resources to local authorities, as well as improvements in governance and accountability systems. With its expertise in a wide range of sectors, the World Bank has been well placed to work with governments on country-level dialogue about decentralization and in turn, to scale up promising CDD approaches. The Bank has also provided support through research; the development of information and communication systems; and operational guidelines and standards relating to procurement, investment, capacity building, gender inclusion, monitoring and evaluation to enhance the quality of CDD operations in World Bank member countries. Partners The World Bank has worked with several national, regional, and global partners in supporting its CDD programs. Many prominent CDD operations, such as the Afghanistan National Solidarity Program and the Philippines KALAHI-CIDSS and National Community Driven Development Project, also receive funding from bilateral and other multilateral donors such as Australian AID, the Millennium Challenge Corporation, and the Asian Development Bank. At the corporate level, several donor trust funds (including the Norwegian and Finnish Trust Fund for Environmentally and Socially Sustainable Development, the Japan Social Development Fund, and the Bank Netherlands Partnership Program) have provided funding for impact evaluations and research, the development of resources (guidelines and “how -to” materials), and capacity building for CDD. Between 2003 and 2008, a partnership with the International Fund for Agricultural Development focused on improving CDD programs, specifically in Africa. More recently, in 2013, the Bank and Australian AID have partnered on events aimed at raising the profile and improving measures of performance and the sustainability of CDD operations. Partnerships with the private sector, including NGOs, community foundations, and faith-based organizations, in support of CDD programs are increasingly common across IBRD/IDA countries. Such partnerships have been formed in connection with the Oil, Gas and Mining Sustainable Community 142 Development Fund managed by the International Finance Corporation, which is working with extractive industries to support CDD initiatives in the communities where they operate. Challenges Over the past decade, partly in response to local institutional challenges in several countries emerging from financial or political crises in the late 1990s, CDD has become a key operational strategy for many national governments to ensure the delivery of basic services by empowering community groups. To date, approximately 110 IBRD and IDA member countries have undertaken projects using a CDD approach, proof positive of the growing need to adapt to different contexts, strengthen local institutions, and foster greater ownership and community-based support for development. While the potential and the benefits of CDD approaches are generally recognized, they do pose several challenges and limitations. These need to be addressed carefully in the design and implementation of CDD projects:  The scaling up of CDD programs requires new models of implementation support. While first- generation CDD projects were often small-scale operations that worked outside formal government systems, today’s second- and third-generation projects are often scaling up to a regional or even a national level. The types of sectoral expertise required to support these programs are accordingly changing as flexible programs adapt to growing local needs. Similarly, the operational instruments supporting these programs are no longer limited to traditional investment loans. Instead, they include adaptable program loans (Sri Lanka, Malawi, Benin), emergency recovery loans (Myanmar), development policy loans (Vietnam), and Program-for-Results (Morocco) instruments. Moreover, the resources the World Bank provides for many of these programs represent only a fraction of the total government budget allocated to the programs. The role of Bank financing and assistance is therefore shifting to implementation support that is more oriented towards technical assistance aimed at strengthening overall governance (country) systems, which requires a new model of implementation focused on strengthening institutions.  Leveraging sector programs through CDD and aligning with formal decentralization is becoming more important, yet remains challenging. As CDD programs are scaling up, the need for them to be in alignment with sector programs and formal decentralization reforms is also growing. When they operate well, CDD programs can offer an effective local development platform that can help improve the targeting, cost efficiency, service quality, and overall social accountability of sector programs. They can help embed principles of transparency, accountability, and participation into the entire subnational governance system, but success in this regard often requires enabling environments, policy-level reforms, and capacity building on a broad scale, particularly in connection with fiscal decentralization. Solution Over the last decade, the World Bank has increasingly focused on lending to CDD programs in an effort to allow communities take the lead in their development. CDD approaches have been used to support a wide range of local development and service delivery needs identified by communities themselves, including school and health-facility construction, rural access roads, water supply and sanitation systems, nutrition programs for mothers and infants, and support for irrigation, rural livelihoods and microenterprises. CDD programs that operated as small stand-alone operations have gradually grown to become larger and 143 sometimes national programs, often part of formal decentralization strategies, as has been the case in Afghanistan, Indonesia, and the Philippines. In October 2013, over 80 officials from Indonesia and 10 other East and South Asian countries met in Bali to discuss their programs and experiences in a first Regional Conference on community-driven development, sharing among themselves and with donor agency and civil-society representatives the challenges and successes of sustaining, mainstreaming, and scaling up CDD. The conference gave participants the opportunity to establish professional relationships and linkages with counterparts across the region. It constituted a first step in building a network among these 11 countries, which are taking a similar approach to poverty reduction and sustainable development. CDD has also proven useful in response to natural disasters. Communities are usually the first responders in emergencies, and their active participation and engagement in project planning and implementation have been key factors in the success of many World Bank-financed disaster management projects. In the aftermath of the 2010 Pakistan flood crisis, the Second Pakistan Poverty Alleviation Fund provided rapid response to the tragedy and facilitated cooperation between partner organizations in responding to the disaster. The World Bank provided strong support for flood recovery, including US$125 million to finance cash transfers to about 1.4 million families affected by the flood. A new loan, approved in February 2014, to the government of the Philippines for a national community-driven development project will be used in part to respond to the urgent needs of more than 500 municipalities affected recently by the devastating Typhoon Haiyan. As discussed in the 2011 World Development Report on Conflict, Security, and Development and confirmed in the recent IEG Evaluation of World Bank Group Assistance to Low-Income and Conflict-Affected States (December 2013), the CDD approach is increasingly becoming a preferred operational strategy in post- conflict and fragile situations, where states face a legacy of weak capacity and legitimacy, as well as the collapse of basic services. CDD operations have been used for physical reconstruction, support for coalition building, and strengthening relations between the state and citizens at the local level. CDD has also improved social cohesion in several countries including Afghanistan, Angola, Burundi, Nepal, Sudan, and Timor-Leste. In December 2013, a workshop on CDD Operations in fragile and conflict-affected states was held, alongside the launch of the IEG Evaluation noted above, to facilitate a dialogue among World Bank staff working on CDD programs in FCS on the challenges to designing, implementing, and sustaining CDD programs in an FCS context. Results Although CDD operations vary based on country priorities and capacity, World Bank-supported CDD operations have had positive effects on poverty reduction, poverty targeting, and increased access to services. Select CDD project results from the past few years are as follows: 1) The National Program for Community Empowerment —PNPM Mandiri, Indonesia (FY09-12, IBRD US$4.1 billion). The IBRD-financed PNPM national program builds on 10 years of successful CDD experience in the Kecamatan Development Program (KDP) and the Urban Poverty Program (UPP) which were implemented between FY99 and FY11. The Bank-supported PNPM consists of two core programs —PNPM-Rural and PNPM-Urban—as well as a number of special programs, such as PNPM-Generasi and PNPM-Peduli. The PNPM-Rural program has had significant impacts in poverty reduction, with greater benefits accruing to the poorest members (two lowest quintiles) of the participating populations. Household expenditures among 144 the poor increased by an average of 11 percent as a result of project investments, benefitting approximately 45 million poor people. At the same time, infrastructure built by the community is between 30 and 50 percent cheaper than building it through normal government systems, with 85 percent of it found to be in good or very good condition five years after completion. Evaluation results from PNPM- Generasi have showed a significant impact on health and education indicators: Child malnutrition was reduced by 10 percent, and education indicators also saw some improvements. In late 2013, key principles of PNPM and community-driven development were enshrined into national legislation through the approval of a new village law. The law was initiated by the government to address existing weak- governance arrangements in villages and empower communities to meet their own development needs, including provision of basic infrastructure and oversight of public spending. Once the law is fully implemented, villages will receive significant increased funds through regular budget transfers and will be required to adopt local accountability measures such as annual village assemblies and a village information system. 2) Community-Driven Development Project, Haiti (FY05, IDA US$62.6 million including additional financing). Strengthening partnerships to build rural capacity was the operative principle at all levels of this IDA-supported project that transferred public resources directly to organizations in poor rural communities and in periurban areas on the outskirts of cities. By mid-2013, the project had financed a total of 1,687 social and economic infrastructure projects and productive sub-projects benefiting 1.2 million people. A total of 892 kilometers of rural roads were rehabilitated; 28 health facilities renovated, equipped, or constructed; and 294 primary school classrooms built or rehabilitated. An evaluation showed that communities had improved accessibility to roads, potable water, and electricity. Cattle breeding subprojects also proved successful, and grain mills had a positive impact on women’s lives. 3) Rural Investment Projects, Azerbaijan (FY04, IDA US$15 million plus US$15 million additional financing, FY12 IBRD US$30 million). These projects (AzRIP 1 and 2) are designed to improve living standards by promoting better access to and use of community infrastructure. They have successfully supported the rehabilitation of critical infrastructure in poor rural communities across the country. Upon the completion of AzRIP 1 in 2012, travel time to secondary schools and markets was reduced by 47 percent and 26 percent, respectively, in areas where rural roads had been rehabilitated. The same areas saw a 60-percent increase in the volume of agricultural products being transported to market by farmers themselves. Primary school enrolment also increased by 25 percent following the rehabilitation of school buildings. AzRIP 2, approved in FY12, has seen 200 community projects completed, with another 107 underway. Given previous success and current high demand, the government has requested additional financing to increase geographical coverage, expand the livelihoods component, and add a pilot on local connector roads infrastructure. 4) National Community-Driven Development Project, Benin (FY05, IDA US$50 million plus US$12 million additional financing). Between 2004 and 2012, the project financed infrastructure sub-projects in 1,518 communities, 40 percent of the communities in Benin. These included the construction or rehabilitation of 3,170 classrooms, 144 health centers, and 101 water and sanitation systems. Some 158,500 students, 10 percent of total primary school students in the country, are enrolled in schools constructed or rehabilitated under the project. Over 23,000 people have gained access to an improved water source, about 8 percent of the annual expansion recorded in the country’s rural population (concentrated among the poorest populations). In addition, 38,000 people (77 percent women) in 512 previously unserved communities 145 gained access to microfinance services. At the national level, the project was successful insofar as it made use of a structured approach to integrating CDD into national policies and sectoral strategies. 5) National Initiative for Human Development (INDH), Morocco (Phase 1 2005-2010, IBRD US$100 million; Phase 2, 2012-2015, IBRD US$400 million). INDH-2, the first Bank-wide Program-for-Results Operation, launched in June 2011, follows the successful completion of the INDH 1 program, which relied on bottom- up participation and planning to improve living standards and to give greater voice to the poor in targeted communities. The program also supported vulnerable groups’ access to social and economic services delivered by government and NGOs. Between 2005 and 2010, INDH 1 supported about 700 local participatory plans, financing more than 22,000 activities that reached 5.2 million beneficiaries. INDH 1 was successful in creating an inclusive institutional architecture and in starting to address welfare gaps for the target population. INDH 2 is expanding the target population and geographic scope and increasing resource allocation of the program to improve supply and access to basic services, infrastructure, and economic opportunities for poor and vulnerable groups while strengthening local participatory governance. 6) National Solidarity Program, Afghanistan (Phase 1, FY03-07, IDA US$95 million; Phase 2, FY07-10, IDA US$120 million; Phase 3, FY10, IDA US$40 million). The NSP represents the single largest investment by the government of the Islamic Republic of Afghanistan in the country’s rural areas. Operating in all Afghanistan’s 34 provinces, its aim is to build, strengthen, and maintain elected Community Development Councils (CDCs) as effective institutions for local governance and socioeconomic development. Now in its third phase, NSP has made remarkable progress. Since its inception in 2003, NSP has mobilized rural communities, which have elected nearly 34,000 CDCs and disbursed about US$1.1 billion in block grants for more than 65,000 rural infrastructure subprojects. Of these projects, more than 52,000 have now been completed. A robust impact evaluation found that the NSP was associated with a 15 percent increase in the use of protected water sources and led to a 5 percent reduction in the time that households spend collecting water. Subprojects relating to the provision of electricity have resulted in a 26-percent increase in usage. NSP is also associated with increased access to education, health care, and counseling services for women, although NSP does not usually fund such services. These unintended results appear to be associated with other changes brought about by NSP. While the evaluation found no impact on boys’ school attendance, NSP increases girls’ school attendance and the quality of their education. It also enhances economic opportunities and optimism for women. Moving forward While deepening its lending programs for local and community-driven development in the coming years, the World Bank will continue to focus its analysis and program guidance on several areas:  Using social accountability tools for improving local governance and mitigating risk  Employing CDD in conflict, post-conflict, fragile, and disaster-management contexts  Increasing women’s empowerment and youth inclusion in CDD  Developing national CDD programs through local development platforms and decentralization efforts  Linking with the private sector for both productive livelihood projects and public welfare programs  Improving monitoring systems and impact evaluations 146  Linking CDD and urban development  Using CDD to raise awareness of climate change and encourage its mitigation and adaptive responses to the phenomenon The Romanian Social Development Fund The Romanian Social Development Fund (RSDF) was established in 1998 as a public body under the authority of the Romanian government, through which are financed projects that are aimed at improving the living conditions of rural and urban poor communities and disadvantaged groups. In the 15 years of activity, RSDF has funded over 1430 local development projects, worth a total of over €100 million. Funds managed by RSDF originated mainly from the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD) and the Development Bank of the Council of Europe (CEB), to which were added the Romanian government’s contribution and that of the direct beneficiaries. In addition, RSDF managed to attract alternative financing for local and institutional development projects from sources such as: the Department for International Development of the government of the United Kingdom (DfID), the Sectoral Operational Program Human Resources Development (SOP HRD), Open Society Institute (OSI), and the Roma Education Fund (REF). Starting in 2013, RSDF has been the Program Operator for the Program RO10, “children and young people at risk and local and regional initiatives for reducing national inequalities and promoting social inclusion” (CORAI), funded through the Financial Mechanism of the European Economic Area (Norway, Iceland, and Lichtenstein) 2009-2014. General information RSDF is a nonprofit, autonomous fund, which supports communities and disadvantaged groups by promoting participatory approach, in which community members identify local problems and choose the priorities to be supported by the funding. RSDF provides the following forms of support: 1. Financial support, which involves the funding of projects through grants for the improvement of living conditions, addressing multiple segments of local development. In total, during the period 1999-2013, RSDF funded 1.438 projects (paying grants between 20,000 and US$195.000, approx. 120 projects/year), of which 133 integrated projects aimed at the social inclusion of Roma. The RSDF projects address more local-development segments, 150 comm nity social services for disadvantaged groups (children, at-risk youth, women victims of domestic violence, the elderly without family support, Roma, etc.), 219 projects in entrepreneurship and job creation, and 16 projects dedicated to innovation. The remaining 911 projects address the rehabilitation of small-scale community infrastructure. 2. Technical assistance and training, aimed at increasing recipients’ capacity to prepare or implement the formula and in good condition. RSDF also funded projects to ensure their long-term sustainability. Technical support also involves project management training for project coordinators, supervision of projects in the field, participatory monitoring of projects (through the involvement of beneficiaries), networking (establishing networks of beneficiaries), etc. 147 3. Support for accessing the European funds, which involves contracting on behalf of those needing specialized services of technical assistance for developing strategies, studies, and analysis required to apply for European funds or actual project writing. Personnel structure, regulations, and RSDF functioning are flexible, depending on the needs of the projects and programs carried out. Strategic and operational decisions are made quickly, at the level of the board of directors or organization management as appropriate, and accompanied by development of manuals of procedures and operation for each of the managed programs. RSDF headquarters in Bucharest, but also carries out its activities in the country at two branches (Iaşi and Alba Iulia). The fund’s operators collaborate with independent experts in the field (community facilitators, project evaluators, and supervisors), who support and monitor the activity of the funds’ r ecipients both in the preparation phase of projects and during their implementation. The main grant schemes implemented so far by the RSDF:  The Social Development Fund—program addressed to poor rural communities and disadvantaged groups (rural or urban), which financed 935 projects, initiated at the community level, to provide training and technical assistance to beneficiaries and to increase the capacity of the target communities to contribute to local development. The program was developed through funds from the IBRD, CEB, the Romanian government, beneficiaries, etc. Amount: USD $51.2 million Period: 1999–2007  Rural Development Project, community component —program addressing rural communities in five pilot counties and financing 33 projects initiated at community level. Project activities include technical assistance and training for beneficiaries ), increasing the capacity of the target communities to contribute to the local development. The program was carried out with funds from the IBRD, the Romanian government, and beneficiaries. Amount: USD $3 million Period: 2003–2007  Mining Communities Social Development Scheme —program addressing the mining communities (rural and urban) strongly affected by the mining sector restructuring. This program includes a grant scheme by which locally initiated projects have been financed, such as support activities for beneficiaries (technical assistance and training)aimed at increasing the capacity of the mining communities to contribute to the local development. The program was carried out with funds from the IBRD, the Romanian government, and beneficiaries. Amount: USD $25 million Period: 2004–2010  Priority Intervention Program—this is one of the four components of the Social Inclusion Program and includes a scheme of grants addressed to the poorest rural and urban areas populated mainly by Roma. The scheme finances integrated projects initiated at community level and provides 148 support to the beneficiaries (technical assistance and training), to increase the capacity of the Roma communities to contribute to the local development. The program was carried out with funds from the IBRD, the Romanian government, and beneficiaries. Amount: USD $15.4 million Period: 2007–2014 149 Annex 6: A tool for participatory mapping—OpenStreetMaps Background Official city maps used by local government decision-makers and developers are often missing informal settlements. This suggests that the needs of these communities are frequently overlooked in local infrastructure development plans. Maps depicting the living environment of communities can therefore be important for community development, in particular for communities living in informal settlements. Such “street maps” give context to demographic information. Through the combination of both physical maps and geographical information systems, these maps can provide spatial grounding and evidence of current living conditions in these settlements, including existing facilities and amenities. Accurate street maps thereby provide municipalities a better understanding of what these communities are actually like, making it easier to identify problems and prepare a clear intervention strategy. While the maps are important, equally essential is the process of producing them. Involving community members in developing such maps will help the community to better understand their local environment and to make them feel more included in development plans. Recently, a practice has emerged that is referred to as “open street mapping.” The practice uses OpenSt reetMap software and involves community members themselves in developing maps and putting them on the Internet for further development by anybody who is interested. Over the world, maps produced by this OpenStreetMap community have been funded and used, among others, by organizations such as the World Bank, 86 the European Commission Joint Research Centre, and the Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs. Assignment Proposed objectives: The objective of the proposed work was to produce a map of the informal settlement at the outskirts of Alba Iulia City (Lumea Nouă neighborhood) on OpenStreetMap, with the help of 10 members of the local community. The output consists of street maps that depict the roads, buildings (including construction material), water supply infrastructure in the area, access to electricity, sanitation infrastructure, location of schools, clinics, and local businesses etc. Accomplished objectives: (1) a GIS workshop with six community members; (2) a map of Lumea Nouă neighborhood, made by 10 community members and showing roads, houses without electricity or water, households with many children, and locations of kindergarten, high school, municipal hospital, and closest pharmacy. The project also produced aerial photographs, and, using open-source tools, the aerial imagery was combined with the ground information and gathered into one aerial imagery server that the members from the community will use to trace the buildings and roads, with support from the GPS. The fieldwork was conducted February 4–6, 2014 by Florin Alexandru Bădiță, Dragoș Ciortin, and Bogdan Corad. Data-gathering included two visits in the neighborhood of Lumea Nouă, one meeting with municipality representatives, and one training for community members. 86 Out and about in Yogyakarta, Indonesia: An OSM workshop sponsored by the World Bank. 150 General description and history of the Lumea Nouă area Lumea Nouă is situated in the northern part of the city of Alba Iulia a has a population of around 3,000 people. The neighborhood evolved during the industrialization of Alba Iulia, when the need for workforce attracted people from all over Romania. Families arrived in the neighborhood one by one, the actual community being the result of decades of migration. The Lumea Nouă neighborhood has access to roads and utilities, paved streets, and garbage bins for abou t 100 families from the community. Lumea Nouă is split in three areas: the first, closer to the city center, where the houses are of better quality; the second, where houses are of visibly lower quality; and a third area, in which the construction quality is poor, and improvised shelters are found. At the time of our visit, the majority of the improvised shelters had been destroyed and the inhabitants moved into modular homes. From 2003 until 2013, the number of illegal constructions in Lumea Nouă neighborhood, at the outskirts of Alba Iulia, rose exponentially. 151 Figure A1. Comparison of the neighborhood in 2003 and 2013 Figure A2. Building footprint in 2003 in orange; building footprint in 2013 in black 152 Contact with the local authorities Before going into the community, the team met with a representative of the social assistance service and with a representative of the urbanism department, within the mayoralty. The discussions were about the needs of the community, how it is formed, and what utilities they have or lack, etc. The social worker also facilitated the team’s access to the community. Direct contact with the people from Lumea Nouă, without the support of a social worker, would not have been poss ible, especially in informal settlements, where the members of the community are suspicious of NGOs or local authorities’ interventions in their community. In the community There were two visits in the community. From the community, we selected high school children, because they are more up-to-date with technology and also because they have more time to volunteer to make a map of the neighborhood. The first two to three volunteers were located among the persons that were present when we first came in Lumea Nouă to obtain the first aerial imagery. While one member of our team operated the quadcopter (drone), another member of the team, with the help of the social worker, engaged with the members of the community to explain what we were doing. The social worker asked if they wanted to participate in making a map of the Lumea Nouă neighborhood. 153 After we found the first volunteers, we taught them how to use a GPS tracker. Then, split into teams, the members of the community gathered the necessary data. On the second day, after analyzing the data that we gathered the previous day and processing the imagery data, we conducted a training with our young volunteers. The objectives were to determine how many knew how to read a map, what they knew about maps, and if they had previously used them. 154 Then we presented the results of the previous day, including the aerial imagery, an explanation of OpenStreetMap, and how they could contribute to it. OpenStreetMap requires an e-mail address to register a account. Only two out of the 10 persons present had an e-mail address. This is something that should be considered when undertaking a similar project within a poor community. The participants added the date to the map, with the help and supervision of the trainers. We then discussed the advantages of having the information on a map and how the community might potentially use the map. For example, in the case of a fire or a flood, if emergency workers have a map showing the location of houses disabled persons or many children, they would be able to intervene more efficiently to rescue the most vulnerable groups first. Often firefighters rely on old and outdated physical maps to locate the hydrants closest to a fire outbreak. To help them, community members added to the map the location of the two working hydrants. (There are three in the area, but one is not working, because some pieces of the hydrant were stolen.) The volunteers could pretty easily interpret the aerial imagery for locating and tracing a building, an energy pool, etc. Volunteers demonstrated signs of evasion when we were discussed types of business that exists inside the community, for fear that this data could be used by the local authorities to put a tax on unregistered small businesses. Also, no data was obtained about the type of material used for each house or the number of the persons in each house. Instead, we focused on the households with many persons living in a single house(for example, 13 persons living in a house of 16 square meters). 155 In the end, the participants (males, aged 14-19) were asked what would they want in their community. The overall response was a football pitch, to be located between the scrap yard and the electric power plant. The location where high- schoolers from the community propose to place a football pitch. With the exception of two houses, all members of the community are connected to electricity, water, and gas. Many community members use wood to heat their houses, using the fireplaces provided by local authorities. 156 Figure A3. OpenStreetMap made by the community members, with data reflecting large households and households with many children We identified three persons with motor disabilities and seven households that were large or having many children (space for each member of less than two square meters, compared to 15 square meters, the average space-per-person in Alba Iulia). To put this in perspective , two houses have 13 persons living in a 16-square-meter room or seven persons living in 12 square meters. 157 Figure A4. The map of Lumea Nouă neighborhood, with the location of the closest pharmacy, kindergarten, high school, and municipal hospital The map produced can be accessed at: https://a.tiles.mapbox.com/v1/baditaflorin.hbo2je69/page.html?secure=1#15/46.0764/23.5643 Lessons learned To obtain relevant data at the community level, the study should include a more representative and diverse group of people. In the future, a more sustainable and holistic approach would involve training high school teachers, especially the informatics teacher. This way, they can hold a GIS workshop, then take pupils into the community for data gathering and at a later point work with the pupils to add the sets of data they collect into OpenStreetMap. The question at hand is how to motivate the teachers. Another useful thing would be to deploy something similar for the Map Kibera project, working with the community and trying to create a local team of community members who will continue when the project is finished. Also, local NGOs can be involved in this process. To obtain relevant feedback, the project’s duration should be several weeks, with the intervention only for teacher training on how to add data in OpenStreetMap and for obtaining the aerial images, if necessary and possible. 158 The map’s impact on the community The map offers several advantages to the community. Once the community can identify and indicate on the map any problems, the community can organize a “photo voice,” similar to one from Malul Vînăt (in that case, within a year after the community made the photo voice and disseminated the results to the local and national authorities, Malul Vînăt managed to stop the segregation of Roma people in the school, and secured a promise from the authorities to pave the roads). 87 Also, in the event of a natural disaster, if the local authorities have a map of where the persons with disabilities live and houses with many children, they will know whom to evacuate first. The map could contains data about local utilities. In a slum, this can be the public toilets that exist in the community. Once the data are reflected on the map, the community can lobby for better services, more facilities, etc. We recommended the community adopt a more integrated strategy, such as the one seen in Kibera, where the map was only the first phase and continued with a second phase, which built on the map to launch an online newspaper and news station, thereby teaching the local community about citizen journalism. After gathering the data, we should have in mind to act as a bridge between the local community and the local authorities, so we can disseminate results to the decision makers. OpenStreetMap—Case Studies 1. Haiti In 2010 Haiti was hit by a magnitude-seven earthquake. Within days the OpenStreetMap HOT Team started to trace streets and buildings from before and after, using aerial imagery of the area provided by NOOA, GeoEye, DigitalGlobe, ErosB, CNES, Google Imagery, and World Bank Imagery. 88 87 http://www.hotnews.ro/stiri-esential-6313719-video-cum-schimbat-arta-fotografica-viata -rudarilor-din-malul-vanat.htm 88 http://hot.openstreetmap.org/sites/default/files/aboutHOT.pdf; 159 Approximately 640 mappers from around the world participated in the efforts to build an open base map of Haiti. MapAction, a UK-based NGO,89 credits OpenStreetMap with providing an essential service and for building a street map of Haiti from scratch in about two weeks, a project that should have taken about a year.90 Without basic knowledge of the geography of Kibera, it is impossible to have an informed discussion on how to improve the lives of residents of Kibera. This can be seen clearly in a White House statement that over 1.5 million people live in a Kibera slum. In fact, the number of people in the slum is around 200,000–270,000.91 Claims from different NGOs and media outlets stated that Kibera had no schools, hospitals or public toilets—information that proved false once Kibera was mapped.92 The fact is, without proper geographical data about a place, proper research cannot take place. During stage two of the Kibera project, after the local places and points of interest were mapped, the team performed a focus group with female members of the community, asking them identify the places where women and girls are raped (called black spots). Six months later, a police post was established on one of the black spots. http://wiki.openstreetmap.org/wiki/WikiProject_Haiti/Imagery_and_data_sources/Old 89 http://www.mapaction.org/about/about-us.html 90 http://www.unfoundation.org/assets/pdf/disaster2ch1thru3.pdf 91 http://www.brianekdale.com/whats-in-a-name-and-a-number/; http://www.mapkibera.org/blog/2010/09/05/kiberas-census-population-politics-precision/ 92 http://mapkibera.org/theme/watsan/ 160 Map Kibera Trust has since replicated its model in the Mathare and Mukuru slums of Nairobi, Kenya. In Mathare, one of the activities involved a map of open drainage.93 To improve the living conditions of the people in Mathare, data was collected by the local community, giving insight and understanding about the issues at hand. The next step is to involve together community members, stakeholders, NGOs, local administration, and government representatives to expose the problem and work together to find solutions. 93 http://www.mapkibera.org/blog/2011/04/29/second-phase-of-water-and-sanitation-mapping-%e2%80%93- intermediary-analysis/ 161 Map Kibera has become one of the few remarkable examples of how technology and new media have been successfully harnessed to foster the visibility of marginalized communities and promote citizen-journalism platforms by which residents can share their own stories with the world. From its earliest stages, the participants mentioned gaining new social skills and comfort in public speaking and engaging with strangers. In addition, the project also enabled the community to achieve a sense of group identity and unity, which members treasured after overcoming various conflicts. Some also reported gaining new knowledge about the impact technology can have on a community.94 Another remarkable aspect of map Kibera is the sustainability of the project. Pilot project—Espace OSM Francophone OpenStreetMap HOT Team conducted a pilot project95 with the financial support from the International Organisation of La Francophonie (IOF).96 Between June 2013 and December 2013, Humanitarian OSM Team (HOT) conducted four missions of 8-10 weeks each to foster the development of the OpenStreetMap project in Chad, Senegal, Togo, and Burkina Faso. During the project the team conducted the following activities :  Development of a pool of trainers of trainers among the local partners 94 http://mapkibera.org/wiki/images/4/42/INNOVATIONS-6-1_Hagen.pdf 95 http://hot.openstreetmap.org/projects/espace_osm_francophone_0 96 http://www.francophonie.org/Welcome-to-the-International.html 162  Presenting guidance in favor of the major use of OSM in the country and subregions  Coordinating with geomatics actors (government, academy, private sector, ICT, and communities of interests, civil society) working in humanitarian and development sectors  Outreach and guidance with decision makers, donors, and actors likely to support and contribute to OSM, including includes international organizations, government, academy, private sector, ICT, and communities of interests, civil society The overall outcomes expected from the EOF project in those four countries are:  An enhancement of the OSM base map freely accessible and reusable by all  The emergence of a local OSM community in each country —liberating the potential for geographic information through the promotion of open-source and open-data approaches  A better understanding of population vulnerability to hazards and crisis How anyone can do something similar in their community 1) Why add data in OpenStreetMap? Compared to other maps, OpenStreetMap permits the redistribution of data into a open database license (ODBL) that allows the reuse and conversion of data in easily accessible formats.97 Editing, adding, and downloading data are relatively easy to learn, and OpenStreetMap.org is full of tutorials and examples in Wiki format.98 One current barrier for adding data in OpenStreetMap is the fact that an e-mail address is necessary; in some disadvantaged communities, this must be taken into account before undertaking the project. Another barrier can be the language. Before visiting and working in the community, it is recommended the Wiki pages be translated, especially the relevant tags that you will need for the project, to assist volunteers who do not speak English. For example, the Wiki page that contains information about how to add a building is translated into nine different languages.99 Help for how to translate a page can be found on the page Wiki Translation. 100 97 http://wiki.openstreetmap.org/wiki/Open_Database_License 98 http://wiki.openstreetmap.org/wiki/Map_Making_Overview: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wiki . 99 http://wiki.openstreetmap.org/wiki/Building 100 http://wiki.openstreetmap.org/wiki/Wiki_Translation 163 A more simplified approach is to make a separate Wiki page especially for the project that you are working on, where you will add and explain just the tags relevant to your project. For our project, for example, we needed to translate information concerning how to add a building, a road, electrical poles, etc. 2) Equipment For adding data in OpenStreetMap you will need a GPS handheld device for capturing roads, points of interest on the way, etc. For this project, we used the Canmore GT-730FL-S Data Logger because of its excellent price and quality report. It has a battery life of 18 hours. Downloading the data requires Microsoft Windows XP or later. To obtain building footprints, we used a DJI Phantom 1 Drone with a modified support for making aerial photography, together with a modified Canon IXUX 140SX, weighing 130 grams and having a photo resolution of 16 megapixels. For aerial photography, the camera was modified to use CHDK software 101 and running the intvl-nolimit.bas script,102 set to take a photo every six seconds. 3) Aerial imagery The aerial imagery is necessary for tracing building footprints, the roads, water sources, energy sources, etc. Beginning in 2010, OpenStreetMap offered free aerial imagery from Bing, under a partnership between OpenStreetMap and Microsoft103 that promotes open data. At a global level, the quality differs from region to region. There is 100 percent coverage of the globe at zoom level 13. In Romania, the maximum quality is 18 out of 20, and it covers around 70 percent of the country. You can see the quality of the images using the free Bing Image Analyzer. 104 101 http://chdk.wikia.com/wiki/CHDK 102 http://chdk.wikia.com/wiki/UBASIC/Scripts:_Unlimited_Interval_Shooting 103 http://www.bing.com/blogs/site_blogs/b/maps/archive/2010/11/23/bing-engages-open-maps-community.aspx 164 In general the images from Bing were made two to three years ago, so depending of the necessity of the project and the availability of the data in your area, you can decide if Bing images are enough or if you need to obtain newer or better quality images. In a community where new buildings appear all the time, or where old buildings are destroyed or transformed, you will need to obtain a new set of data. The same will is true if you use OpenStreetMap in a community that was hit by earthquake, floods, other disaster. The cost of a drone has decreased in recent years, some current models are mass-produced, bringing the price even lower. A quadcopter is simpler to fly than other forms of unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV). You will some time (five to ten hours of flight) to learn how to fly the drone, before going to the community and obtaining aerial imagery. In case that is not possible, we recommend finding somebody who knows how to fly a quadcopter and who can visit the area where you need to obtain aerial imagery. 4) Processing the images Free and open-source software is widely available on the Internet. Depending on the budget, for efficiency and minimizing time (for example, compiling 50 photos in 30 minutes instead of 10 hours), commercial solutions, such as AutoPano Pro, may be preferable.105 For our project, the georeference of the images was completed in QGIS, an open-source spatial data program. Using this software, the sequence of steps for processing is as follows: Step 1) Select the menu > Raster > Georeferencer > Georeferencer.  In the new window, from the menu FILE, select Open Raster and load the saved image.  Add control points. Click Edit > Add point. If the area shows old aerial imagery, from Bing or another source, use the older image to create the points. Select points that correspond with the newer image on the old image. 104 http://ant.dev.openstreetmap.org/bingimageanalyzer/ 105 http://www.kolor.com/download 165 If an older image does not exist for the area where you are working, on the field gather GPS points for different fixed points (e.g., the corner of a house, a water tower, etc.) and you will enter the GPS coordinates of the points for georeference. Now, thanks to EGNOS,106 the standard GPS precision is around two to three meters (from 9-10 in the past). In Africa, Asia, or South America, the GPS standard precision is within 10-15 meters. Step 2) Go to Settings > Transformation Settings.  At Output Raster, select the location where to save the image. At transformation Type: select Projective so that it will align the image with the map.  Then click FILE > Start Georeferencing  Then come back to Settings > Transformation Settings and select transformation Type: “linear” and click Create World File. Click FILE > Start Georeferencing. In the location where you saved the image, you should have a .tif and a .wld file. GPS logs Install the program that comes with the GPS Data Logger Canmore GT-730FL-S, then save the GPS logs in KML format and import in JOSM. 106 http://www.esa.int/Our_Activities/Navigation/The_present_-_EGNOS/What_is_EGNOS 166 Adding data in OpenStreetMap For adding data we opted for JOSM, as one of the simplest to use and learn. To load the georeferenced images, it is necessary to install two plugins:  Click EDIT > Preferences > Configure Available Plugins  Install Import Image Plugin and PicLayer